Home

2005 Chevrolet Optra Owner Manual M

1. ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeaes 2 15 Map Lamps seriinin ninn aaa bes 3 18 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror ccceeeee eee eeee 2 33 Outside Convex Mirror cccceeeeeeeeeeee ease 2 34 Outside Heated Mirrors cccccceeeeeeeeeeees 2 34 Outside Manual Mirrors ccceceeeeeeeee sees 2 33 Outside Power Mirrors c ccceseeeeeeeeeeaes 2 34 MYGMLINK COM arne seerne aged 7 3 New Vehicle Break In ccccecceeeee eee eeeeneeees 2 18 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 5 83 OdOMel6l seisoene E Ei 3 28 Odometer Trip cccceececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 28 Off Road ReCOVETY ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 4 11 Oil ENQING sorar secede reks de brawl dees no cates base 5 14 Pressure Light as rs ae ee hice ske 3 38 Older Children Restraints cccccceeeeeee es 1 25 Online Owner Center c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 3 Other Warning Devices eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 8 Outlet Adjustment eeeeeeeeee eee renerne renere 3 24 Outside CONVEX MINON causa segl eldre 2 34 Heated Mirrors ccc ec ccc eceeeee eee eeeeeeaeeaes 2 34 Manual Mirrors ccccccesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Power Mirrors ccccec eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaees 2 34 Owners Canadian scicitesedse ecsreihecde seks iecieaehisctectbes ii Park P SAMin MON erena a ere ne Shifting Out of Pa
2. 0 ceeee 3 9 Turn and Lane Change Signals 1 3 10 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 5 3 10 Flash to PaaS S ar reder ende re ser eee EEN 3 10 Windshield Wipers c eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee renee 3 11 Windshield Washer e ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 3 12 Cruise Comtrol ians wine dactita cade sesd rende ENE ES 3 12 Extenor kam ps ssai Else Sud ele T a aE 3 15 Headlamps on Reminder eceeeeeeeee ees 3 15 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 15 Fog Lamps anses e E 3 16 Instrument Panel Brightness eee 3 17 Dome Lamp aan ln ha ordre heden aa 3 17 Map Lamps ananas 3 18 Accessory Power Outlets ceeeeeeeeneee ees 3 18 Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter 008 3 19 ClOCK nert ien SEE SES SERENE SEE SEER ES ES 3 20 Climate Controls ssssseeeeeerererrnrnneree 3 21 Climate Control System u ssseeeeeerererernee 3 21 Outlet Adjustment sieisen aitse henh 3 24 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 24 Instrument Panel Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 26 Instrument Panel Cluster eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 26 Speedometer and Odometer 2 000eee 3 28 Trip OGOMOtE spressa sidac nnen eieaa 3 28 Tachometer sorrire reana deres ses 3 28 Safety Belt Reminder Light eeeeeeee 3 29 Safety Belt Reminder Tone 0 0eeeee 3 29 Airbag
3. ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 23 Cooling System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeaeeaeeaes 5 24 Cruise Control Lever cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee renerne 3 12 Cruise Control Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 3 39 GuphOlden S 55 esaceesies eres 2 35 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation c ceeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 7 7 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users e eseeeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices 0 eeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 06 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 11 Customer Assistance Information cont Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government creino canescens Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees Roadside Assistance Program ecce Service Publications Ordering Information Daytime Running Lamps cceeeeeeeeee eee eens Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light Defensive Driving arrene dL ERE Doing Your Own Service Work sseseeeererererer Dome Lam pr ar reden Der Rear ge Door Ajar Hight soisessa negl Central Door Unlocking System n Door Ajar Reminder sciiicet LOCKS ordia E E ESA Power Door LOCKS sicn sosececpetndetigeciniadhedieags Rear Door Security LOCKS e eeeeeeeeeee ees Driver Position Safety Be
4. 5 77 YLT XA wmio oiav 300H S om Tdq Xog 3SN4 ON3 Engine Control Module AUX LTR Extra Jack CM SPARE E l o n gt me N o a 5 LL Wiper AIRBAG WPR RADIO CLK _ Radio Clock 5 78 Fuses TRN SIG LAMPS Turn Signal Lamps Anti lock Brake System Cruise ABS CRUISE Control System LTR Cigarette Lighter Cluster Brake Transmission Shift CLSTR BTSI_ Interlock Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock BTSI Solenoid RKE BCK UP BLANK TCM CRUISE ENG FUSE BOX DRL Cruise Switch Contact Coil Engine Fuse Box Daytime Running Lamps HAZRD LAMPS Hazard Lamps A C CLK Air Conditioning Switch Clock HVAC RKE RADIO S ROOF DLC SPARE Engine Compartment Fuse Block The engine compartment fuse block is located on the driver s side of the vehicle near the battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location To access the fuses press in the top flap to release the cover To reinstall the cover push the cover until it is secure 5 79 SdWV1 OVSH MONM HMd 90430 YM 18 OVAH MONM HMd 9 O E W A Fuses Usage FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump dWNd 7314 HSHdWI O V IH NY4 1009 MOT NW 1000 DR LCK FRT FOG D AJC I P FUSE HEAD LAMPS D ECM D FUEL PUMP MIR HTD D HORN IGN COIL D ILLUM LT D IH NY4 1009 MOT NY 1009 Oli HE w w w iG L lt L a a a GB GB a ILLUM RT Hld IS
5. The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen Q What is wrong with this You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work E roperly or ask your dealer to fix it NXE properly y naa A The belt is twisted across the body 1 19 To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle 1 20 Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment Before you begin to drive move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder To move the shoulder belt height adjuster down press the release button and move the
6. 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview Four Door Sedan and Wagon 3 4 The main components of your instrument panel are the following A B mo Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 24 Instrument Panel Cluster See nstrument Panel Cluster on page 3 26 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 8 Digital Clock See Clock on page 3 20 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 42 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 17 G H I Hood Release See Hood Release on page 5 10 Horn See Horn on page 3 8 Climate Control System See Climate Control System on page 3 21 Ashtray See Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter on page 3 19 Cigarette Lighter See Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter on page 3 19 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 35 Hatchback The main components of your instrument panel are the following A Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 24 I Horn See Horn on page 3 8 B Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel J Cruise Control Buttons See Cruise Control on Cluster on page 3 26 page 3 12 C Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard K Climate Control System See Climate Control Warning Flashers on page 3 8 System on page 3 21 D Digital Clock See Clock on page 3 20 L Ashtray See Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter on E Audio System See Audio System s on page 3
7. OFF Move the lever to this position to turn off the windshield wipers Misting Function Move the lever toward but not completely in the INT position for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then let go The windshield wipers will stop after one wipe If you want more wipes hold the lever toward INT longer Remember that damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely To avoid damage be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become damaged get new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload your wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Windshield Washer To wash your windshield pull the windshield wiper washer lever toward you with the ignition turned to ON In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision When you release the lever the washers will stop but the wipers will continue to wipe for about two or three cycles and will either stop or will resume at the speed you were using before Rear Window Washer Wiper Your vehicle may have a rear window washer wiper Operate the rear window washer wiper system by pushing the windshield wiper
8. Q Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Q Replace spark plug wires An Emission Control Service Q Inspect drive belt s Q Replace timing belt Q Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service Q Inspect EVAP canister and vapor lines Replace solenoid valve filter An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Inspect PCV system An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change brake clutch fluid or every 24 months whichever occurs first 63 000 Miles 105 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 66 000 Miles 110 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 69 000 Miles 115 000 km Q Ch
9. ceeeeeeeeeneee een eeeeenes 5 41 Turn Signal LAMPS cereis irienner 5 40 TIGA arena E E E or eee 3 21 Highbeam On Light 225054 ark dosere 3 40 Highway Hypnosis cceeeeeeeeee neces nederen 4 21 Hill and Mountain Roads ce ceeeeeeeeeeee eee 4 21 Hold Mode Light cceceeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 35 Hood Checking Things Under c eeeeeeeeeees 5 10 Release ser ne stuns EE 5 10 FIOM ar ss E erkender ge 3 8 How to Use This Manual ce ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees ii How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 13 Hydraulic Cluteh wi citnect enes seller 5 19 IGNITION POSITIONS we icc ccdencevess cocnteeevemeetcawencenanenad 2 18 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 27 Inflation Tire Pressure cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 51 Inspection Brake System ss solgte bb rn nd a a eee 6 23 Engine Cooling System ssseeeeeererrenener 6 23 Exhaust System ecir cs cetasatidireccaerececiedets 6 23 Fuel System cceeeeceeeeeeee seen eee een eea tenses 6 23 Part C Periodic Maintenance 06 6 22 Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 6 22 Throttle Syste asses eseeseegesessaciineese aces 6 23 Instrument Panel Brightness aar sr ener ets WAR Sincere 3 17 SUS TS a sisne e OE E oes 3 26 OIE E E E needs 3 4 JUMP Starting aars rarere eases 5 34 Keyle
10. An Emission Control Service Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 87 000 Miles 145 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 90 000 Miles 150 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Q Replace fuel filter An Emission Control Service See footnote Tf Q Inspect drive belt s Q Inspect timing belt Q Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service Q Inspect EVAP canister vapor lines and solenoid valve filter An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q I
11. If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as follows Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the CAUTION Continued 5 26 cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and a proper coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the co
12. The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to Get e mail service reminders Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner s manual United States only Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members United States only Refer to the web for updated information To register your vehicle visit www MyGMLink com United States or My GM Canada within www gmcanada com Canada Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing 1 800 833 CHEV 2438 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance If a U S customer wishes to write to Chevrolet the letter should be addressed to Chevrolet s Customer Assistance Center United States Customer Assistance Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 1 800 22
13. 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that can t be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage 5 53 Buying New Tires To find out what kind and size of tires you need look at the tire and loading information label attached to your vehicle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 for a label example and where it is attached to your vehicle Make sure the replacements are the same size load range speed rating and construction type bias bias belted or radial as your original tires Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes may also cause damage to your vehicle CAUTION Continued Be sure to use the same size and type tires on all wheels It s all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 66 If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges c
14. For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes but unless you have anti lock not enough to lock your wheels See Braking on page 4 5 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you re driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly
15. Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage If you are not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep your battery from running down Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Si
16. The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Wet brakes can cause accidents They will not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can ha
17. The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 3 10 e Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 10 The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel is located under the steering column Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 10 To tilt the steering wheel hold the wheel and push the e Exterior Light Control See Exterior Lamps on lever away from you Then move the wheel to a page 3 15 comfortable position and pull the lever toward you to Fog Lamps if equipped See Fog Lamps on lock the wheel in place page 3 16 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change just raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to
18. an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they re working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens 3 26 Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there s a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They re a big help Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going how much fuel you are using and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically Your vehicle s instrument panel cluster includes indicator warning lights and gages that are explained on the following pages Uplevel shown Base similar
19. braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal 4 8 This will help you retain steering control If you do have anti lock brakes it is different See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 6 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle may have a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the front brakes to limit wheel spin This light will come on briefly when the ignition is turned to ON along with the anti lock brake system warning light To This light will blink when your Traction Control System is limiting wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal This light will also come on when the anti lock brake system is working If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction system begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use i
20. cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels 5 71 Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty 5 72 Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your GM dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your GM dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenan
21. let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEUTRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press down the clutch pedal lift up the ring on the shift lever and shift into REVERSE R Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal 2 26 Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle Shift Speeds If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of your vehicle You could injure yourself or others Don t shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift Parking Brake The parking brake lever is located between the bucket seats To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 32 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down Notice Driving with the parking brake on can ov
22. stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur try a known good CD Do not add paper labels to CDs they could get caught in the CD player If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section 2 RPT Repeat Press this pushbutton to repeat the current track RPT will appear on the display Press this pushbutton again to turn off repeat play 3 INT Scan Press this button to listen to the first few seconds of each track on each loaded CD INTRO will appear on the display To stop scanning press this button again The current track will begin to play 3 48 4 RDM Random Press this pushbutton to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RDM will appear on the display Press this pushbutton again to turn off random play TRACK Previous Next Track Turn this knob one notch to go to the start of the current track or to go to the next track The track number will appear on the display The player will continue moving
23. wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 59 for more information Used Replacement Wheels Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You can t know how it s been used or how far it s been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire Chains Notice Use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels w
24. Audio System S israelere ELERS 3 42 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 1 3 52 Backglass Antenna 0cceeeeeeeee eee ee een tenes 3 54 Care of Your CD Player ceeeseeeeeeeeen eres 3 53 Care of Your CDS cececeeeeee eee eeee eee LER 3 53 Radio With CD ss ccccenssedsceneetineceeegereeees 3 42 3 46 Understanding Radio Reception 5 3 53 Automatic Transaxle PWG TE EE E E E E 5 19 Operation sissioni i genie 2 21 Backglass Antenna ce ceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeen tees 3 54 Battery errena Eee tie tiaevieets 5 33 Before Leaving on a Long Trip ceeeeeeeee 4 20 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS ascese 4 6 Emergencies cic c cceuctaacateiwareeausanevcnsctcaneaind eas 4 8 Parking rreran citennes ere SNARERE 2 27 System Inspection ssssseeeeeererererrre rene 6 23 System Warning Light c eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 32 Blakes 3 dar Se aude ak cach wandnetauenateitaniat Shoe BRL 5 30 Braking oi ni pccestanncaieecansgnssanedeieeecdeahnssmendenaadenae bale 4 5 Braking in Emergencies 0 cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 8 Break In New Vehicle cccccceceeeeeeeeeenes 2 18 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 38 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 42 FOG LAMPS crotar EEN AN 5 40 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps 5 39 Halogen BUS enron 5 38 Headlamp Aiming 2265565 nu enkle 5 37 Head
25. CHILD SEAT DOOR LOCK UNLOCK POWER 4 WINDOW x QW g ENGINE COOLANT MASTER s 1 LIGHTING SWITCH N TEMP 11 derne ae A PS BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM COOLANT Fi PARKING LAMPS DAYTIME RUNNING 9 ENGINE OIL me om Lt LAMPS FOG ANTI LOCK LAMPS BRAKES FUSE BOX ACCESS ENGINE COOLANT OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL 4 NOTES vi Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seats uG Guus sees SENE NEUES UREN BENENE NS 1 2 Manual Seats With Sliding Storage Tray 1 2 Manual Seats Without Sliding Storage Tray 1 3 Driver Seat Tilt Adjuster ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 Manual Lumbar errre RN 1 4 Reclining Seatbacks ccceeeeeeeeeeneee een eee nents 1 4 Head Restraint 522235 er se hase siieu 1 6 Rear Se ats ess 2c ctsschscancstaatineitaecaesaccansyenss nere 1 7 Rear Seat Operation eee 1 7 Safety Belts aneao n a eataceaacs 1 8 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 5 1 8 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 13 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 13 Driver POSIION ciciecaciveds rdl kebab SEN 1 14 Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment 0 1 20 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 0 1 21 Right Front Passenger Position 000 1 21 Rear Seat Passengers ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 21 Center Rear Passenger Pos
26. Canada please call us at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French Or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 Owner s Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner s Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 Current and Past Model Ord
27. Certification Label later in this section 4 29 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the Maximum Load amount printed on the Tire and Loading Information label Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from the maximum load amount shown in pounds and kilograms The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the maximum load amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 4 30 Example 1 Item Description Totali A Vehicle Maximum Load for Example 1 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg Example 2 Vehicle Maximum Load for Example 2 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg 250 Ibs 113 kg Available Cargo Weight Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x5 Example 3 Item Description Tota Vehicle Maximum Load for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract
28. Checking Your Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ina crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts 1 63 If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you wil
29. DRL on page 3 15 Door Ajar Light This light will stay on until all doors are closed and completely latched If the key is in the ignition while the driver s door is open you will also hear a warning chime Trunk Ajar Light Sedan This light will come on when the trunk is not completely closed Fuel Gage Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left when the ignition is turned to ON When the tank nears empty the low fuel warning light will come on You still have a little fuel left but you should get more soon See Low Fuel Warning Light on page 3 41 for more information Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage At the service station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The indicator moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up The gage goes back to empty when you turn off the ignition Low Fuel Warning Light This light comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel The low fuel warning light comes on when there is approximately 2 0 gallons 7 5 liters of fuel remaining in the tank To turn the light off add fuel to the fuel tank See Filling Your Tank on page
30. Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain 4 21 If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transaxle These parts can work hard on mountain roads Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor b
31. F 30 C e Give boiling protection up to 268 F 131 C Protect against rust and corrosion Help keep the proper engine temperature Let the warning lights and gages work as they should What to Use Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and coolant that meets GM Specification 1825M which will not damage aluminum parts You can also use a recycled coolant conforming to GM Specification 1825M with a complete coolant flush and refill If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and the proper coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer check your cooling system Notice If you use the proper coolant you do not have to add extra in
32. If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for same day repair 7 7 Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait Chevrolet helps minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes a one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs reimbursement of up to a five day maximum may be available for the use of public transportation such as a taxi or bus In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses of up to a five day maximum may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum of 30 00 a day and m
33. Octane 222 aserne hk aber een een ees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 5 Low Warning Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee es 3 41 System Inspection 0 ceeeeeeee eee eee eeee eee eeneees 6 23 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 79 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 76 Instrument Panel Fuse Block eeeeeeee 5 77 Windshield Wiper 2 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 76 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 3 35 UGH crash eee E ES REESE eee seit 3 41 Speedometer cceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 28 Tachometer 5 552 rre bone diosan iaer enin 3 28 Gasoline OCIAN REE re ERE e a E 5 5 Specifications saas edie Hil ada dt 5 5 Glove BOX siine siais maae ena Bla AEE 2 35 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 5 7 5 Hazard Warning FlasherS seeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 8 Head Restraints Ascsstt aneidins tind br TER 1 6 Headlamp ANIA ionica arne n aE AES 5 37 Headlamp Wiring Goseren resia aa 5 76 Headlamps srananira e Eee eee 5 38 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 38 Daytime Running Lamps eeeeeeeeee eee es 3 15 FlaSh tO PaSS gt cranienne and tnan 3 10 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps 5 39 Halogen BUDS mirrors insania 5 38 High Low Beam Changer eseeeeeeeneee eee 3 10 On Reminder easier tenetescienineed sononder accageedery 3 15 Sidemarker Lamps
34. Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 14 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 14 Brake Fluid Hydraulic Clutch Fluid Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 30 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 19 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 28 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Cooling System on page 5 24 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 79 Battery See Battery on page 5 33 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 29 Engine Oil If the oil pressure light appears on the instrument cluster it means you need to check your engine oil level right away For more information see Oil Pressure Light on page 3 38 You should check your engine oil level regularly this is an added reminder Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipst
35. Overheating vrs candies srini aai annann 5 23 Stafting sxcenecheidistciiivewdsientdineeaent calla 2 19 Event Data Recorders EDR ceeeeeeeeeee ees 7 9 Extender Safety Belt ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 24 Exterior LAMPS ici siscncereinincsacenctens Esby hb add 3 15 Filter Engine Air Cleaner W W u u ssseeeeeeerererre ennen 5 17 Finish Damage 22222 ber melerede aat 5 72 Fl sh to Pass eos sccicthinesedhnemsacgadeaereneseneates stains 3 10 Flat Tire seicicetsiiawctecsnancateneaewabeneabennd neat a 5 58 Flat Tire Changing 2vc cdeencatheleiiniie teslces 5 59 Flat Tire Storing c ccecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 65 Fluid Automatic Transaxle cceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee es 5 19 Manual Transaxle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen e 5 19 Power Steering svzsc00 ncrscnoveesievetenaieiesence 5 28 Windshield Washer cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 29 Fog Lamp Big ht ser reden iaasa 3 39 FOG LAMPS oneni araa ia 3 16 5 40 Front Armrest Storage Area eeceeeeeeneeeeen tees 2 36 Front Storage Area ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 2 36 UCI Seaia e A A e A SES 5 5 Addie Sess mioaa minia ada Stoneman 5 6 California Fuel ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee aena nea 5 5 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 0 5 9 Filling YOUR Tank c sccccacaniencctavnces sei n 5 7 Fuels in Foreign Countries cceeeeeneeeeeeee 5 6 KAO ES SED ENE E EEN tance 3 41 Gasoline
36. PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P Torque Lock Automatic Transaxle If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transaxle into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transaxle You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 28 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle Your automatic transaxle vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system which locks the shift lever in PARK P when the ignition is in LOCK You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is turned to ON See Automatic Trans
37. Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the caps over the positive and negative terminals to their original positions Headlamp Aiming If your vehicle is damaged in an accident the headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the low beam may be necessary if it is difficult to see lane markers for horizontal aim or if oncoming drivers flash their high beams at you for vertical aim If you believe your headlamps need to be re aimed we recommend that you take your vehicle to the dealer for service However it is possible for you to re aim your headlamps by following the procedure in the service manual for your vehicle Notice To make sure your headlamps are aimed properly read all the instructions before beginning Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage to headlamp parts 5 37 Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 43 F
38. Readiness Light ceeeeeeeeeee eee es 3 29 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 30 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 32 Brake System Warning Light eeeee 3 32 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 3 33 Speed Sensitive Power Steering SSPS Warming LIRE isiscscustitactademancngtenendesdaeceneass 3 34 Traction Control System TCS Wa ninQMiQ nt cesser aia 3 34 Hold Mode Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 35 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 3 35 Malfunction Indicator Lamp eeeeeeeeeeeee 3 36 Oil Pressure Lighter seere Kress 3 38 Fog Lamp Light saks eee SAN 3 39 Cruise Control Light arr renerne suger ker 3 39 Highbeam On Light ses erne ebber kel 3 40 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Indicator Light sexiiecstectaotseiclabaveadsiees 3 40 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Door Ajar Light siering 3 40 Radio with CD MP3 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 46 Trunk Ajar Light Sedan eeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 40 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 66 3 52 Fuel Gage hosts RESEN SEE SE PASSERE ESSEN FEER EEN 3 41 Radio Reception sesi 5 voss inais aiar ea 3 53 Low Fuel Warning Light eeen 3 41 Care of Your GDS 25 ls hk fade aiae anane 3 53 Audio System S suser 3 42 Care of Your CD Player 2 3 53 Radio with CD Base Level 3 42 Backglass Antenna 22122 arrangere 3 54
39. Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 21 000 Miles 35 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 24 000 Miles 40 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 27 000 Miles 45 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 30 000 Miles 50 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Q Inspect drive belt s Q Inspect timing belt 6 8 Q Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service S
40. System Inspection 6 5 6 23 Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance 6 6 Throttle System Inspection cceeeeeeeeee ees 6 23 Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance 6 13 Brake System Inspection 0ceeeeeeeeeees 6 23 Part B Owner Checks and Services 6 18 Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 24 At Each Fuel Fill 3223 lir ders telser 6 18 Part E Maintenance Record eeeeeeeee 6 26 At Least Once a Month n se 6 18 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details Maintenance Requirements Maintenance intervals checks inspections and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehi
41. This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint 1 27 1 28 People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Q What are the different types of add on c
42. Vehicle Towing ceeeeeeeeeeee 4 33 Remote Keyless Entry System 06 eeeeeee ees 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 2 02 cceeeeeceeeeeee eee eeeeeee eee eeaeeaeeneeas 5 61 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 5 60 Replacement Bulbs eceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 43 10 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 0eceeeneeeeeeee tenes 7 11 General MOTOTS ss ccseces een 7 11 United States Government eeeeeeeee eee 7 10 Restraint System Check Checking Your Restraint Systems 4 1 63 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash cc cviccsecsieecsscseveresenveveressieess 1 63 Restraint Systems Checking cieccsiedeisicaweecds bek ebbe shaker 1 63 Replacing Parts sr nb SEEE 1 63 Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts 1 21 Roadside Assistance Program ccceeeeeeeeeeeee tense teens 7 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 28 Roof Rack Provisions sic ics2ie saves ae Eee Er 2 37 Running Your Engine While You Are Parked 2 32 Safety Belt Pretensioners cccecc eee ee eee eaeeceeeeneeeneneenees 1 24 Reminder Lig Hs rarere ae 3 29 Reminder Tone ceccecceccceeeeceeeeeneeeeeees 3 29 Safety Belts Center Rear Passenger Position 0 1 24 Driver POSION seiziecessuesicsisdves
43. after filling Engine Specifications 0 1 Engine VIN Code Transaxle Spark Plug Gap 2 0L L4 L34 ge te gu 0 039 inch 1 0mm 5 82 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner Filter 96553400 Engine Oi Fiter e TJ Fuel Filter 96335719 gt i O AIC Filter 96554378 o o pe Spark Plugs Windshield Wiper Blades Hook Type Driver s Side 96478670 Passenger s Side 96498866 Rear C m S 4 NOTES 5 84 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 ceeeeeeeneees 6 2 At Least Twice a Year cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 18 IMMOGUCHION 505 ici Alca rarere END Er herreder 6 2 At Least Once a Year anessen 6 19 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections 6 22 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle How This Section is Organized 0eeeee 6 3 Boot and Seal Inspection 1 6 22 Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services 6 4 Exhaust System Inspection 6 eeeeeeeee eee 6 23 Using Your Maintenance Schedule 6 4 Fuel System Inspection 0cceeeeeeeee eee eees 6 23 Selecting the Right Schedule eeeee 6 5 Engine Cooling
44. airea e 1 14 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 13 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 13 Rear Seat Passengers ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 21 Right Front Passenger Position 0 1 21 Safety Belt Extender cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 24 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 21 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 0ceeeeeeeees 1 8 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 1 20 Safety Warnings and Symbols eeeeeeeeeeeee es iii Seats Driver Seat Tilt Adjuster W u ssssseeeeererereee 1 3 Head Restraints ccececeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeees 1 6 Manual erreian raara E EEN 1 2 1 3 Manual Lumbar 0 0 ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Rear Seat Operation cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 7 Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 4 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System 1 1 41 Rear Seat Position cceeeeeeeeeee teeter eeen ees 1 41 Right Front Seat Position eeeeeeeeee eee 1 43 Selecting the Right Schedule Maintenance 6 5 STETA E sis T E E A E E A 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle sieniniai 5 5 Service cont Doing Your Own Work ccceeeeeeneeeee eee eenes 5 4 Engine Soon Light aerieni eais 3 36 Publications Ordering Information W 1W 1 1 7 11 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped V
45. an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If you have the anti lock braking system ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long
46. and then vacuum or brush 3 Spray a small amount of the cleaner onto a clean soft white cloth Do not apply spray directly to the fabric 5 67 4 Start cleaning from the seams into the stain to avoid a ring effect 5 Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 6 When the stain is removed blot the cleaned area with another dry clean soft white cloth 7 If the cleaner leaves a ring effect follow up with the club soda water instructions given earlier in this section Special Fabric Cleaning Problems Stains caused by such things as catsup black coffee egg fruit fruit juice milk soft drinks vomit urine and blood can be removed using the club soda water instructions given earlier in this section If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine treat the area with a water and baking soda solution 1 teaspoon 5 ml of baking soda to 1 cup 250 ml of lukewarm water Let dry Stains caused by oil and grease can be cleaned with an approved GM cleaner and a clean white cloth 1 Carefully scrape off excess stain 2 Clean with cool water and allow to dry completely 3 If a stain remains follow the Using Cleaner on Fabric instructions described earlier 5 68 Vinyl Use warm water and a clean cloth Rub with a clean damp cloth to remove dirt This may have to be done more than once Things like tar asphalt and shoe polish will stain if they are no
47. areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has a light that comes on as a reminder to buckle up See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 29 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider The person keeps going until stopped by something In does not stop a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time
48. as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control 4 14 Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving Drive defensively Do not drink and drive Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals If you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to
49. be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations General Motors recommends that you buy gasolines that are advertised to help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean If your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves try a different brand of gasoline Also your GM dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to contribute to clean air General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines particularly if they comply with the specifications described earlier Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel contain
50. but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to come and go Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust If the surface of a CD is soiled dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution and clean it wiping from the center to the edge Be sure never to touch the side without writing when handling CDs Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of Your CD Player The use of CD lens cleaners for CD players is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD mechanism 3 53 Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Be sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception Also for proper radio reception the antenna connector at the top center of the rear window needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window may damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the in
51. can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press AM FM to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for longer than two seconds The pushbutton number will flash on the display when the station has been set Whenever that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set will return 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Automatic Store Six FM1 preset stations with the strongest reception in the region can be automatically stored Press the AST button for longer than one second Once the stations are stored the radio will switch to FM1 and the first preset station will begin to play FM A will appear on the display when listening to the automatic stored stations Press the AM FM button to cancel automatic store Setting the Tone Bass Treble SOUND Bass Treble Press this button until BAS appears on the display Then turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease the bass The display will show the bass level When finished making the selection press this button to select the bass level Press this button until TRE appears on the display Turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease the treble The display will show the treble level When finished making the selection press this button to select the treble level If a station is weak or noisy decrease the treble S
52. can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering your vehicle or to help heat or cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on When the button is pressed an indicator light in the button will come on Press this button again to return to outside air mode Using the recirculation mode for extended periods may cause your windows to fog If this happens select the defrost mode Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity or moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly Select one of these available modes from the right knob a Defog This mode directs most of the air to the windshield and the floor outlets A small amount of air is also directed to the outboard outlets for the side windows and to the instrument panel side outlets To help clear the side windows quickly do the following 1 Select the bi level mode 2 Select the highest fan speed 3 Select A C 4 Select the temperature W Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield and the outboard outlets for the side windows A small amount of air is also
53. continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program Online Owner Center
54. could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Head Restraints Adjust your head restraint so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of your head This position reduces the chances of a neck injury in a crash Pull up the head restraint in order to adjust the position upward 1 6 Push in the release button in order to adjust the position downward The rear head restraints may also be adjusted Push in the release button and move the head restraint to the desired position To remove the head restraint pull the head restraint all the way up Then push in the release button and lift the head restraint from the guide sleeve Replace the head restraint and reset it in the original position before driving Rear Seats Rear Seat Operation Your vehicle has rear seatbacks that can be folded down to increase cargo space To fold down the seatback do the following 1 Push the rear head restraints as far down as possible 2 Press down on the release button located on top of the rear seatback 3 Fold the rear seatback forward and down If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting the
55. csseeee 4 20 Control of a Vehicle eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eees 4 5 Highway Hypnosis 522220 saae kan sne dene 4 21 Braking eevee AE ne lg 4 5 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 21 Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 6 Winter DIVINO e irere breaker eee 4 23 Braking in Emergencies 2 e eceeeeeeeee ees 4 8 If You Are Stuck In Sand Mud Traction Control System TCS a e 4 8 ICG OF SNOW ar oner skuer AE aa E seas 4 27 SEENI Garena neeaae EE 4 9 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 28 Off Road Recovery cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee een tenes 4 11 Loading Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 28 PASSING sees eee e eet eet terre tttiees TIe TOWING mesener aee E a 4 33 Loss of Control E ETEA EE A A T FE 4 13 Towing Your Vehicle sec 4 33 Driving at Night a E A a EE 4 14 Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 c0ccecseeee 4 33 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 16 Towing a Trailer ccccceccccccccceeeseeseeeeeeeees 4 35 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Defensive Driving The best advice anyone can give about driving is Drive defensively Please start with a very important safety device in your vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1 8 Defensive driving really means be ready for anything On city streets rural roads or freeways it means always expect the unexpected Assume that pedestrians or other drivers ar
56. damage Do not tow the vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the road Your vehicle can be towed using a dolly To tow your vehicle using a dolly follow these steps 1 Put the front wheels on a dolly 2 Turn the ignition to ACC 3 Put the vehicle in NEUTRAL N 4 Set the parking brake and then remove the key 5 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position 6 Release the parking brake Towing a Trailer Do not use your vehicle to tow a trailer The vehicle is not designed or intended for such a use Towing a trailer can adversely affect handling durability and fuel economy 4 35 4 NOTES 4 36 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE 2 00s anis hr El aa eaaa ia 5 3 Blakes dy narrer those E 5 30 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 28 5 4 Battery ea sense aieeaa clan EENE nd sad 5 33 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Jump Starting uscii heder Ll rebel hh aan ain 5 34 Your Vehicle sesarengan 5 5 Headlamp Aiming cc 5 37 Fuel OOT 5 5 Bulb Replacement ec 5 38 Gasoline Octane eciclci ccc ciccwtessdivatacdonrvngeocznes 5 5 Halogen Bulbs 00 cc0 cesssesesseeeesseeesseeeees 5 38 Gasoline Specifications sees 5 5 Head amp sitet eee hee eet 5 38 California Fuel 22 tartecaie atte a ceeietenetes 5 5 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps 5 39 Additives ie preneren ELL EEE LEE ELF EL EE REEL ERE FE EEREEEEE 5 6 Turn Signal Lamps Side 2 5 40 Fuels in Foreign Coun
57. dirt Wipe vinyl leather plastic and painted surfaces with a clean damp cloth GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer Here are some cleaning tips Always read the instructions on the cleaner label Clean up stains as soon as you can before they set Carefully scrape off any excess stain e Use a clean cloth or sponge and change to a clean area often A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn To avoid forming a ring on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately or it will set Most stains can be removed with club soda water To clean use the following instructions 1 For liquids blot with a clean soft white cloth For solids remove as much as possible and then vacuum or brush 2 Apply club soda water to a clean soft white cloth Do not over saturate the cloth should not drip water 3 Clean the entire area Avoid getting the fabric too wet 4 Start cleaning from the seams into the stain to avoid a ring effect 5 Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 6 When the stain is removed blot the cleaned area with another dry clean soft white cloth Using Cleaner on Fabric 1 First try the cleaner on an area of the fabric that is not easily seen to make sure the cleaner does not affect the color of the fabric 2 For liquids blot with a clean soft white cloth For solids remove as much as possible
58. easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips for passing Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on yo
59. fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If You Are Stuck In Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution If you let your tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer Notice Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your transaxle back and forth you can destroy your transaxle See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 28 For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 57 4 27 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn your steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transaxle between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal w
60. first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2004 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you
61. fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 30 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your rearview mirror has a passenger airbag status indicator eam ON PASSENGER AIR BAG Passenger Airbag Status Indicator United States Rb Ri Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Canada When the ignition key is turned to ON or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat unless the airbag has been turned off If the word OFF or the off symbol is
62. h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range 1 53 Airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbag could inflate at a different crash speed than if the object were moving e If the object deforms the airbag could inflate at a different crash speed than if the object does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbag could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbag could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object The frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts because inflation would not likely help the occupants 1 54 Your vehicle may or may not have a side impact airbag See Airbag System on page 1 48 Side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes A side impact airbag will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Side impact airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts because inflation would not likely help the occ
63. has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 9 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to much less the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 10 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run 8 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a 11 remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one 5 36 the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine
64. help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check for burned out bulbs If the arrow still does not work check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 76 3 10 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal multifunction lever away from you When the high beams are on a light on the instrument panel cluster also will be on if the ignition is turned to ON To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers Use this lever located on the right side of the steering wheel to operate the windshield wipers The ignition must be turned to ON to operate the windshield wipers HI High Speed Move the lever to this position for wiping at high speed LO Low Speed Move the lever to this position for steady wiping at low speed INT Intermittent Move the lever to this position to choose a delayed wiping cycle Turn the band on the windshield wiper lever toward FAST or SLOW for a shorter or longer delay between wipes The wiper speed can only be adjusted when the lever is in the INT position
65. here we ask that you contact your dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transaxle Operation If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle the shift lever is located on the console between the seats Your vehicle may also have an electronic shift position indicator that displays the position of the shift lever This indicator is located to the right of the trip odometer on the instrument panel cluster Movement between certain positions requires pushing the shift lever to the passenger side while shifting This prevents you from changing positions unexpectedly by blocking the straight movement of the shift lever while the vehicle is moving 2 21 PARK P This position locks your front wheels It is the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle cannot move easily It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 28 2 22 Ensure
66. it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Front occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door 1 49 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag Anyone who is up against or very close to symbol any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the The system checks the airbag electrical system for vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical system is designed for them Young children problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 and infants need the protection that a child for more information restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 25 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 27 1 50 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel If your vehicle has one the driver s side impact airbag is in the side of the driver s seatback cl
67. lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 58 for more on this including important safety information If after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 3 31 Charging System Light The charging system light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition and the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working Then it should go out when the engine is started If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the electrical charging system Have it checked by your GM dealer Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 3 32 Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake syste
68. make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm 4 25 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 26 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some
69. of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start No start occurrences which require a battery jump start will be covered at no charge Dealer Locator Service In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Chevrolet s Bumper to Bumper warranty However when other services are utilized our Roadside Assistance Representatives will explain any payment obligations you might incur For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number Telephone number of your location Location of the vehicle Model year color and license plate number Mileage Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle Description of the problem While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a phone call away Chevrolet Roadside Assistance 1 800 CHEV USA 1 800 234 8872 text telephone TTY users call 1 888 889 2438 Chevrolet reserves the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in Chevrolet s judgement the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Chevrolet reserves the right to make any changes or d
70. on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the hood release handle inside the vehicle It is located on the lower left side of the instrument panel 3 Lift the hood release the hood prop from its retainer and place the hood prop into the slot in the hood 4 Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its retainer Lower the hood 12 inches 30 cm above the vehicle and release it to latch fully Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and lift up the secondary hood release lever The secondary hood release lever is located under the front center of the hood Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the engine here is what you will see 5 12 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 Engine
71. over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including frontal or near frontal collisions rollovers and rear impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward those airbags Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for vehicles with a driver s and right front passenger s side impact airbag 1 55 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the airbag inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbag inflated Some components of the airbag module will be hot for a short time These components include the steering wheel hub for the driver s frontal airbag and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s frontal airbag For vehicles with side impact airbags the side of the seatback closest to the driver s and or right front passenger s door will be hot The parts of the bag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There
72. page 1 58 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 for more information on this including important safety information 1 43 A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off 1 44 If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Manual Seats With Sliding Storage Tray on page 1 2 or Manual Seats Without Sliding Storage Tray on page 1 3 If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for Children LATCH System on page 1 39 There is no top strap anchor in the right front passen
73. page 5 53 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 56 for more information 5 52 The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 6 4 When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the tire and loading information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 for an example of the tire and loading information label and where it is located on your vehicle Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 82 Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 59 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it s time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch
74. positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 1 22 2 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Be sure you are using the correct buckle and that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 24 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 3 To make the lap part tight pull down on the buckle end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body S GAAT aN SY The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cau
75. s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down Then check the fluid level The level should be between the MIN B and MAX A marks on the reservoir If the level is below the MIN B mark add the power steering fluid to the appropriate level Replace the cap and completely tighten it What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 24 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructi
76. setting To cancel an equalization setting press the SOUND button until EQ OFF appears on the display turn the volume knob until OFF appears on the display then press the SOUND button again to select the equalization setting Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade SOUND Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press this button until BAL appears on the display Turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease The display will show the balance level When finished making the selection press this button to select the balance level To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press this button until FAD appears on the display Turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease the fade between the front and the rear speakers The display will show the fade level When finished making the selection press this button to select the fade level Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing You can insert a CD with the ignition off When the CD is inserted CDP will appear on the display As the CD is loading Filecheck will appear on the display As each new track starts to play Track and the track number will appear on the display 3 47 If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it
77. several seconds That is normal If the light stays on turn the ignition to LOCK Or if the light comes on stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service See your GM dealer If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have anti lock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 32 The anti lock brake system warning light will come on briefly when you turn the ignition to ON This is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 33 Speed Sensitive Power Steering SSPS Warning Light If your vehicle has Speed Sensitive Power Steering this warning light will come on briefly when you turn the ignition to ON as a check to show you it is working Then it should go out after a few seconds If the warning light does not come on have it fixed so it will be able to warn you if there is a problem If the warning light stays on or comes on while you are driving the system may not be working If this happens see your GM dealer for service 3 34 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light ol If the light does not com
78. sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil ask your dealer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter The engine air cleaner filter is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the engine air cleaner filter every 15 000 miles 25 000 km and replace every 30 000 miles 50 000 km If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the engine air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the filter do the following Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And d
79. the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics 5 55 Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for
80. the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 222 1020 In Canada contact GM of Canada Customer Communication Centre by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield Dealership name and location Vehicle delivery date and present mileage kilometers When contacting Chevrolet please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you
81. the new bulb straight into the socket 7 Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to install the assembly Sidemarker Lamps Rear To replace a rear sidemarker bulb do the following 1 Reach inside of the rear bumper and locate the socket Oh 2 Turn the rear sidemarker bulb socket counterclockwise 3 Pull the rear sidemarker bulb socket out of the rear bumper 4 Pull the old bulb straight out from the bulb socket 5 Push the new bulb straight into the socket 6 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to install the bulb socket 5 41 Center High Mounted 3 Disconnect the wiring harness connector before you remove the lamp assembly Stoplamp CHMSL 4 Remove the lamp assembly To replace a CHMSL bulb do the following 5 Remove the two screws and the reflector assembly 1 Open the trunk See Trunk Sedan on page 2 11 6 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the for more information bulb socket 7 Install the new bulb 8 Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to install the lamp assembly Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk Sedan on page 2 11 for more information 2 Open the trim cover 2 Remove the two screws which are recessed on the underside of the hood 5 42 Remove the bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing the bulb and turning it counterclockwise Install
82. the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in ON If you cannot shift out of PARK P while holding the brake pedal down see Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 29 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up When shifting from NEUTRAL N to REVERSE R you must press down on the shift lever while shifting Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transaxle see f You Are Stuck In Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 27 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart while you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine racing may d
83. to brighten the instrument panel lights or down to dim them Dome Lamp The switch on this lamp has three positions ON The light comes on and stays on regardless of whether a door is opened or closed Door The light comes on while a door is opened After all of the doors are closed the light stays on for about seven seconds and then fades out The light will also turn off when the ignition is turned to ON OFF The light remains off even when a door is opened 3 17 Map Lamps Uplevel shown Base similar Your vehicle may have map lamps To turn a lamp on press the button next to it Press the button again to turn it off Accessory Power Outlets Accessory power outlets can be used to connect auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone or CB radio One accessory power outlet is located on the front of the center console below the front ashtray For wagon models there may be another outlet in the rear luggage compartment on the driver s side To use the outlet remove the protective cap When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap The accessory power outlet is operational when the ignition is turned to ACC or ON Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating Certain electrical accessories
84. try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare eee tire It will not fit Store the wheel cover in the cargo 1 Put the flat or spare tire in the compact Spare tire area until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced compartment then secure the retainer 2 Store the jack in its housing in the cargo area Secure the jack by turning the retainer clockwise 3 Store the tools securely in the foam tray and place the tray on top of the tire 4 Replace the trim cover The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 66 5 65 Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when your vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure your spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 50 mph 80 km h so you can finish your trip and have your full size tire repaired or replaced where you want Of course it is best to replace your spare with a full size tire as soon as you can Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you need it again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare c
85. vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transaxle in PARK P or a manual transaxle in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the batteries Find the positive and negative terminal locations on each vehicle Your vehicle s positive terminal is located under a red tethered cap on the battery The negative terminal is located under a black tethered cap on the battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Flip the caps up to access the positive and negative terminals An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light CAUTION
86. washer lever away from you The wiper operates continuously when the lever is in the first position Washer fluid sprays onto the rear window and the wiper operates continuously when the lever is pushed to the second position 3 12 Cruise Control If your vehicle has cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 24 mph 39 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 24 mph 39 km h When you apply your brakes or the clutch pedal if you have a manual transaxle the cruise control turns off Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control The cruise control pad is located on the right side of the steering wheel 1 Press the ON OFF button to turn cruise control on An indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will come on to show you that the cruise control is If you leave your cruise control on when you on See Cruise Control Light on page 3 39 are not using cruise you might hit a button 2 Accelerate to the speed you want and go into cruise when you do not want to 3 Press the SET butt
87. when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the floor If the starter works when the clutch is not pushed all the way down your vehicle needs service 6 20 Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock Control System Check When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 27 if necessary Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move With the engine off turn the ignition to ON but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P your vehicle needs service Ignition Transaxle Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK in each shift lever position e With an automatic transaxle the ignition should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK P e With a manual transaxle the ignition should turn to LOCK only when you press the key release button On all vehicles the key should come out only in LOCK Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right It should only lock when turned to the right Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle Park P Mechanism Check When you are d
88. 2 1020 1 800 833 2438 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 CHEV USA 243 8872 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 toward eligible aftermarket driver s or passenger s adaptive equipment you may require for your vehicle such as hand controls and wheelchair scooter lifts The offer is available for a limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gm
89. 2005 Chevrolet Optra Owner Manual Li Seats and Restraint Systems 2 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle 0cccceseeeeeeeeees 4 1 FIOMt SCatsS cis raske erne eee anne 1 2 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 Rear Seats oo cece cece ec ccc cece eee eeneneeeeneneens 1 7 TOWING rr cect EA 4 33 Safety Belts ES de ar e naini 1 8 Service and Appearance CANO is hae Eee SNEEN 5 1 Child Restraints assirinassi 1 25 Semice ars narra E e EEEE 5 3 Airbag System G G sssesseserereeeerekene renerne 1 48 UC SE Er S 5 5 Restraint System Check M W sssssesereeerrree 1 63 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Features and Controls 22222222 2 1 Headlamp Aiming uu eee 5 37 Kejs a rr NESAS Ree T SER ENE ONE SEERE 2 2 Bulb Replacement seesecsesseeesesteeeeeens 5 38 Doors and LOCKS iagaictystcssnatiinenteantenseabensi sn 2 8 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 44 Windows seere 9 14 Tires seende se i sal 5 45 Theft Deterrent Systems 1 2 16 Appearance Care Gu 5 66 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 18 Vehicle Identification oo 5 75 MIMOS ee REE AE RER 2 33 Electrical System W W G G G ss scenerne 5 75 Storage Areas scdeshastahiciasccinsetaianiagbiaaueedes 2 35 Capacities and Specifications 2 5 82 SUNTOO aeania aonair A e at 2 38 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts _ 5 83 intenance Schedule c0eeeee
90. 3 27 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in kilometers Trip Odometer The trip odometer can record the number of kilometers traveled for up to two trips You can cycle between the odometer and trip odometers A and B by pressing the reset button located in the lower right area of the speedometer By pressing the reset button you can tell how many kilometers have been recorded on either Trip A or Trip B since you last set the trip odometer back to zero To reset each trip odometer to zero press and hold the reset button The reset button resets only the trip odometer that is displayed Each trip odometer must be reset individually 3 28 Tachometer The tachometer displays your engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area Safety Belt Reminder Light LZ If the drivers belt is already buckled the light will not come on The safety belt light will come on and stay on until the driver s safety belt is buckled Safety Belt Reminder Tone If your vehicle has this feature a tone will sound for several seconds when the i
91. 42 page 3 19 F Instrument Panel Brightness Control See M Cigarette Lighter See Ashtrays and Cigarette Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 17 Lighter on page 3 19 G Hood Release See Hood Release on page 5 10 N Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 35 H Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 52 Hazard Warning Flashers Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others They also let police know you have a problem Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located near the center of the instrument panel Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in and even if the key is not in Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off When the hazard warning flashers are on your turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on your steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel Turn Signal Multifunction Lever Your vehicle has a tilt wheel which allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle Uplevel shown Base similar
92. 5 7 3 41 Audio System s Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle like a tape player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added improperly Figure out which audio system is in your vehicle find out what your audio system can do and how to operate all of its controls 3 42 Radio with CD Base Level OCA IE GaItey Playing the Radio ON OFF Press this knob to turn the system on and off VOL Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume Finding a Station AM FM Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 or AM The display will show the selection TUN Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations SCAN Push and release this knob to scan radio stations The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Push this knob again to stop scanning The radio will only scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM
93. 5 75 Service Parts Identification Label 5 75 Ventilation Adjustment ceceeeeeeee tenes een eees 3 24 VISOS caaea in e a 2 16 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 26 Warnings Hazard Warning Flashers ccecce 3 8 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeen eens 3 8 Safety and Symbols ecserin rnense iii Vehicle Damage csiis iser mionam nami repuas mas iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance W W u sssseeeereeee 5 56 Replacement circinera 5 56 Where to Put the Restraint eee ees 1 34 WINDOWS auessen ra n a dinate tiraetaratdumeteteename 2 14 Manual enmane a Ei N EA 2 15 POWGP cenuara a e E E A 2 15 Windshield Wiper Blades Cleaning esceeeeeeeeee tenes 5 71 Windshield Washer ceceeeeeeeeee eee eeeen eee es 3 12 LUTT EARE E EEEE ET 5 29 13 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement csceeeeeeeeereeeeeees 5 44 BUS ES Ea a E Eee RE anne 5 76 Windshield Wipers ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 11 Winter Driving 55 bre tseni heksen breaker 4 23 14 Y Your Vehicle and the Environment
94. 73 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 74 Vehicle Identification 5 75 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 4 5 75 Service Parts Identification Label 0 5 75 Electrical System eee 5 75 Add On Electrical Equipment eeeeeeee 5 75 Headlamp Wiring cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een ees 5 76 Windshield Wiper Fuses eeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 76 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 76 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ceeeeeeeee ees 5 76 Instrument Panel Fuse Block sacc 5 77 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 79 Capacities and Specifications 5 82 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 5 83 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM Goodwrench E Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wea
95. Continued Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 35 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle
96. ER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR MANUEL DE CONDUCTEUR POUR DES INFORMATIONS SUPPLEMENTAIRES Label Example Sedan Hatchback RECONMENDED TAE SZE AND NFLATIONPRESSURE CO WOT TIRE SIZE PRESSURE PRESSION DIMENSIONS DES PNEUS et PRESGIONS DE GONFLAGE RECOMMANDEES od DIMENSIONS DESPNEUS FRONT AVANT REAR ARRIERE MAXIMUM LOAD OCCUPANTS DISTRIBUTION REPARTITION CHARGE MAXIMALE OCCUPANTS FRONT AVANT REAR ARRIERE LUGGAGE BAGAGES SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR MANUEL DE CONDUCTEUR POUR DES INFORMATIONS SUPPL MENTAIRES Label Example Wagon A vehicle specific tire and loading information label shows the seating capacity and the maximum load your vehicle can properly carry This label also contains your vehicle s original equipment tire size and the recommended tire inflation pressure For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 45 Tires and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 51 Inflation Tire Pressure The tire and loading information label is attached inside the glove box for the sedan and hatchback models The tire and loading information label for the wagon is attached to the vehicle s center pillar below the driver s door latch There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see
97. INT ONS 2 5555 SEE ros aen see 2 33 Manual Rearview Mirror ccce 2 33 Outside Manual Mirrors W u sseeevereveerererere 2 33 Outside Power Mirrors W u sssevererereneererene 2 34 Outside Convex Mirror W u d dsseeeverererrerererene 2 34 Outside Heated Mirrors W W u sssseeeeeeeererree 2 34 Storage Areas W W W W W ssssssseeeereererrer rener rer nerne 2 35 GIOVE BOX oroin ree E E 2 35 Cupholder S rs rr R A 2 35 Sunglasses Storage Compartment 2 36 Front Storage Area eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 36 Front Armrest Storage Area 6 eeeeeeeeee eee 2 36 Roof Rack Wagon Only eeeeeeeeee eee ees 2 37 Rear Seat Armrest 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 37 Convenience Net seeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 37 SUMMOOE pocece aei ine Ea a AE E abs jyder 2 38 2 1 Keys Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The children or others could be badly injured or even killed Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children One key is used for the SS ignition the doors and all other locks When a new vehicle is delivered the dealer removes the key tag and gives it to the first owner The tag has a code on it that tells your dealer how to make extra keys For vehicle security keep the key tag in a safe plac
98. If a door is not opened or if the engine is not started within 30 seconds after pressing unlock on the remote keyless entry transmitter all of the doors will automatically lock and the theft deterrent system will reactivate o Lock Press this button to lock all of the doors and the liftgate if equipped If all of the doors and the trunk or liftgate are closed the hazard lamps will flash once and the horn will chirp to indicate that locking has occurred The theft deterrent system will activate and the security light will flash If the driver s door is open while pressing lock all of the doors except for the driver s door will lock If any door other than the driver s door is open while pressing lock all of the doors including the driver s door will lock Trunk If your vehicle has this feature press this button to unlock the trunk If all of the doors are locked while pressing the trunk button the trunk will not unlock The doors must be unlocked for the trunk button to unlock the trunk 2 Parking If your vehicle has this feature press this button to turn on the hazard warning flashers The hazard warning lamps will flash for about 28 seconds Press this button again to turn off the hazard warning lamps The lock unlock trunk and parking buttons on the remote keyless entry transmitter will not operate while the key is in the ignition The theft deterrent system will not activate while the key is in th
99. Make sure the positive side of the battery faces up Use one three volt CR1616 or equivalent type battery 4 Close the cover of the transmitter unit and put the unit in the cover of the transmitter 5 Assemble the transmitter cover and replace the screw Make sure the cover is on tightly so water will not get in 6 Test the transmitter operation Doors and Locks Door Locks Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle From the outside use your key or the optional keyless entry transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 To manually unlock the doors from the outside insert the key and turn it toward the front of the vehicle To manually lock the doors f
100. Miles 25 000 km Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspection Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement Drive Belt s Inspection Every 30 000 Miles 50 000 km Engine Air Cleaner Filter Replacement Spark Plug Replacement Cooling System Service EVAP System Service PCV System Service Timing Belt Inspection Brake Clutch Fluid Change or 24 months whichever occurs first Every 60 000 Miles 100 000 km Spark Plug Wire Replacement Timing Belt Replacement EVAP System Solenoid Valve Filter Replacement Every 90 000 Miles 150 000 km Fuel Filter Replacement These intervals only summarize maintenance services Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance on the following pages Long Trip Highway Definition Follow this scheduled maintenance only if none of the conditions from the Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance are true Do not use this schedule if the vehicle is used for trailer towing driven in a dusty area or used off paved roads Use the Short Trip City schedule for these conditions Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under highway conditions will cause engine oil to break down slower Long Trip Highway Intervals Every 7 500 Miles 12 500 km Engine Oil and Filter Change or every 12 months whichever occurs first Tire Rotation Every 15 000 Miles 25 000 km Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspection Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement Drive Belt s Inspection Every 30 000 Mile
101. N INJ D ENG SNSR D HI BEAM DRIVER S PWR WNDW STOP LAMPS LOW BEAM LT D LOW BEAM R Fuses Usage HEAD LAMPS Headlamps Air Conditioning Engine Control Module Ignition Coil IGN COIL I P FUSE Beam Headlamp High HI BEAM nstrument Panel Fuse 5 80 Fuses DRIVER S PWR WNDW Driver s Power Window STOP LAMPS DR LCK MIR HTD FRT FOG License Plate Lamp Parking ILLUM LT Lamp Left INJ Evaporative Emission EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Heated ENG SNSR Oxygen Sensor HO2S Cooling Fan Relay CMP Sensor LOW BEAM LT Headlamp Low Beam Left inati ircui rkin nau OW BEAM RT Headlamp LowBeam R SPARE SPARE SPARE BATT PWR ABS HVAC BEWA IGN 2 Ignition 2 IGN 1 Ignition 1 FUSE PLR Fuse Puller COOL FAN Cooling Fan Low LOW DEFOG COOL FAN HI Cooling Fan High PWR WNOW Relays Usae ets i Cooling Fan Low 5 81 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 24 for more information Application Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a 1 41 Ibs 0 64 kg Cooling System 75L Engine Oil with Filter 4 0L Fuel Tank 55 0 L Transaxle Automatic 6 9L Transaxle Manual 1 8L Wheel Nut Torque 110 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level
102. OUND Equalization Press this button until EQ OFF appears on the display to select customized equalization settings designed for classic pop rock jazz and voice Turn the volume knob until the desired equalization setting appears on the display When finished making the selection press the SOUND button to select the equalization setting To cancel an equalization setting press the SOUND button until EQ OFF appears on the display turn the volume knob until OFF appears on the display then press the SOUND button again to select the equalization setting 3 43 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade SOUND Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press this button until BAL appears on the display Then turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease The display will show the balance level When finished making the selection press this button to select the balance level To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press this button until FAD appears on the display Turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease the fade between the front and the rear speakers The display will show the fade level When finished making the selection press this button to select the fade level Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing You can insert a CD with the ignition off When the CD is inserted CDP wil
103. Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Available Cargo Weight 0 Ibs 0 kg 91 kg x5 Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s maximum load weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s maximum load weight Certification Label MANUFACTURED BY GM DAEWOO AUTO amp TECHNOLOGY COMPANY FABRIQUE PAR GM DAEWOO AUTO TECHNOLOGY COMPANY DATE GVWR PNBV GAWR FRT PNBE AV GAWR RR PNBE ARR Label Example A vehicle specific certification label is attached to the center pillar near the driver s door latch This label tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out 4 32 Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not b
104. R LOCKS riian ora o aE E EE 2 8 Central Door Unlocking System 0 2 9 Power Door LOCKS occ ctseschlgisiivis atean an anae 2 9 Door Ajar Reminder ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Rear Door Security Locks eeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 10 Lockout Protection siiig e 2 11 Mink SCAN rar cncccaiwarsteha nea gedeansenctetancacteet 2 11 Liftgate Hatchback and Wagon ceecee 2 13 WINDOWS cfc gcc oeieaahdacamasestnsnaeceetneustacesenaties 2 14 Manual Windows c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee eee ees 2 15 Powel WINKOWS i cccicsdag faroe ionning 2 15 SUN VISORS arne aeiia a re bean ays 2 16 Theft Deterrent Systems ssssseeeeeeeee 2 16 Theft Deterrent System n 2 16 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 18 New Vehicle Break In isce 2 18 IGNITION POSITIONS 21 0 000 fete vse minnie 2 18 Starting Your Engine cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 19 Engine Coolant Heater ceceeeeeeeeeneee ees 2 20 Automatic Transaxle Operation 2 21 Manual Transaxle Operation eeeeeeeneeee 2 25 Parking Brake somt beskyde eres 2 27 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle 2 28 Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle ceecee 2 29 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transaxle 2 30 Parking Over Things That Burn s e 2 31 Engine EXMausSt sicccictsertseccuctnct eek denmecdtos pabcenes 2 31 Running Your Engine While You Are Parked 2 32 M
105. a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure 5 56 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will Know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel
106. ads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate 5 50 Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 53 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 55 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equip
107. after you turn on the cruise control by pressing the SET button Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce your speed while using cruise control Press the SET button until you reach the lower speed you want then release it To slow down in very small amounts briefly press the SET button Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower 3 14 Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down Of course applying the brake pedal takes you out of cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control There are two ways to turn off the cruise control Step lightly on the brake pedal or press the clutch pedal if you have a manual transaxle Press the ON OFF button on the cruise control pad Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is eras
108. alance 5 56 Wheel Replacement eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 56 When It Is Time for New Tires eeee 5 53 TOP Strap visiirien ea iaae EE NENEA 1 35 Top Strap Anchor Location cee 1 36 Towing Recreational Vehicle eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 33 Towing a Trailer sseni enes eos enebarn er 4 35 Your Vehicle re lan nctan aa E AREE 4 33 Traction Control System TCS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen ees 4 8 Control System Warning Light 08 3 34 Transaxle Fluid Automatic ccc cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 19 Fluid Manual errnet 5 19 Transaxle Operation Automatic 00665 2 21 Transaxle Operation Manual 2 25 Tip Odometer ie eors eeina o aE 3 28 TUNK resetea E EEEE ERE 2 11 Trunk Ajar Light iisa a 3 40 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 0eeeeee 3 10 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever eeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 9 Understanding Radio Reception e 3 53 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeeeeees 5 55 Vehicle COMMON ee FEE e a eeaeesee es 4 5 Damage WarningdS eccsceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeneeees iv OACING rens en Ree SEE Es SE A E 4 28 PanKInG YOUR s ecaicatssacascansxensinacnanascodeceAdeeenoes 2 30 SYMB OS asrorini n era ea EAE ANAE iv Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recordof Siinain 7 9 Vehicle Identification Number VIN sacssciccctesinatscsazcncqensnatenengeacenee
109. alified technicians work on your airbag system Improper service can mean that your airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service Notice If you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s airbag or the airbag covering on the driver s and right front passenger s seatback the airbag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag or both the airbag module and seatback for the driver s and right front passenger s side impact airbag Do not open or break the airbag coverings 1 57 Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible when you turn your ignition key to ON or START The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible on the rearview mirror during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 PASSENGER AIR BAG eam ON Passenger Airbag Status Indicator United States Rb Rho Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Canada 1 58 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The dri
110. amage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not racing when shifting your vehicle AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D This position is for normal driving Notice Driving your vehicle if you notice that it is moving slowly or not shifting gears as you increase speed may damage the transaxle Have your vehicle serviced right away THIRD 3 This position is also used for normal driving however it offers more power and lower fuel economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D Here are some times you might choose THIRD 3 instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D When driving on hilly winding roads When going down a steep hill SECOND 2 This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use your brakes off and on Notice Do not drive in SECOND 2 at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h or you can damage the transaxle Use THIRD 3 or AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D as much as possible Do not shift into SECOND 2 unless you are going slower than 65 mph 105 km h or you can damage your engine 2 23 FIRST 1 This position gives you even more power but lower fuel economy than SECOND 2 You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in FIRST 1 the transaxle will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is goin
111. an get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use your compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix your compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep your spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare 5 66 Appearance Care Cleaning products can be hazardous Some are toxic Other cleaning products can burst into flames if a match is struck near them or if they get on a hot part of the vehicle Some are dangerous if their fumes are inhaled in an enclosed space When anything from a container is used to clean the vehicle be sure to follow the manufacturer s warnings and instructions Always open the doors or windows of the vehicle when cleaning the inside Never use these to clean the vehicle Gasoline Benzene Naphtha Carbon Tetrachloride Acetone Paint Thinner Turpentine Lacquer Thinner Nail Polish Remover They can all be hazardous some more than others and they can all damage the vehicle too Do not use any of these products unless this manual says you can In many uses these will damage the vehicle Alcohol Laundry Soap Bleach e Reducing Agents Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
112. an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle Gasoline Octane Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane of 87 or higher If the octane is less than 87 you may get a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you might damage your engine A little pinging noise when you accelerate or drive uphill is considered normal This does not indicate a problem exists or that a higher octane fuel is necessary If you are using 87 octane or higher octane fuel and hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications It is recommended that gasoline meet specifications which were developed by automobile manufacturers around the world and contained in the World Wide Fuel Charter which is available from the Alliance of Automobile Manufacturers at www autoalliance org fuel_charter htm Gasoline meeting these specifications could provide improved driveability and emission control system performance compared to other gasoline California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may
113. ange engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 72 000 Miles 120 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 75 000 Miles 125 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace the filter If vehicle is driven in dusty dirty conditions inspect filter at every engine oil change See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Inspect drive belt s 78 000 Miles 130 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 81 000 Miles 135 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 84 000 Miles 140 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first
114. arting on page 5 34 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt 5 33 Jump Starting If your battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system 5 34 Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both
115. ave power door locks With the power door locks you can unlock or lock the doors on your vehicle using the driver s door lock switch Push down the front part of the switch to unlock the doors Push down on the back part of the switch to lock the doors Door Ajar Reminder If one of the doors on your vehicle is not closed properly while the ignition is on the door ajar light on the instrument panel cluster will come on and stay on until the doors are closed See Door Ajar Light on page 3 40 for additional information Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks on each rear door that help prevent passengers from opening the rear doors on your vehicle from the inside Using the Rear Door Security Lock 1 Move the lever upward to lock 2 Close the door 3 Do the same thing to the other rear door lock Notice Pulling the inside door handle while the rear door security locks are engaged could damage your vehicle Do not pull the inside door handle while the rear door security locks are engaged The rear doors on your vehicle cannot be opened from the inside while this feature is in use Opening a Rear Door When the Security Lock is On 1 Unlock the door from the inside 2 Open the door from the outside If you do not cancel the security lock adults or older children who ride in the rear will not be able to open the rear door from the inside You should let adults and older chi
116. axle Operation on page 2 21 If you cannot shift out of PARK P while holding the brake pedal down try this 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition off and remove the key 3 Pry off the cover over the shift lock release slot using a small flat object like a screwdriver The shift lock release slot is located at the top of the shift lever 2 29 4 Insert the key into the Parking Your Vehicle shift lock release slot and press and hold Manual Transaxle he key SEN Before leaving your vehicle do the following 1 Hold the brake pedal down and firmly apply the parking brake 2 Fully press in the clutch pedal and place the shift lever into the gear position as stated below When parking on level ground place the shift lever into NEUTRAL e When parking downhill place the shift lever in REVERSE R 5 Shift to NEUTRAL N e When parking uphill place the shift lever in 6 Remove the key from the shift lock release FIRST 1 slot insert the key into the ignition and start the engine 3 After shifting turn the ignition to LOCK remove the key and release the clutch 7 Replace the shift lock release slot cover 8 Apply and hold the regular brake fully and release the parking brake 9 Shift to the gear you want 10 Have the system fixed as soon as you can 2 30 Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you can
117. backward or forward through the CD with each turn of the knob TUN Forward Reverse Push and hold this knob to fast forward or to reverse through the current track AM FM Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio CDP will appear on the display when the CD player has been selected The CD symbol will appear on the display when a CD is loaded Press this button while a CD is playing to pause the CD Track and the track number will flash on the display Press this button again to start playing the CD A Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off Using an MP3 CD MP3 Format This MP3 player will accept MP3 files that were recorded on an up to 700 MB CD R CD The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kpbs 40 kpbs 56 kpbs 64 kpbs 80 kpbs 96 kpbs 112 kpbs 128 kpbs 160 kpbs 192 kpbs 224 kpbs 256 kpbs and 320 kpbs or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album will be available when recorded using ID3 tags versions 1 and 2 The player will be able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists may cause the player to be unable to pla
118. ce Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your GM dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 73 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage See your GM dealer for more information on purchasing Swirl Remover Polish Bea area the following products surface contamination Removes light scratches e TT RE Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior Cleans shines and Wax Treated polishing cloth TNE Shine Low rotects in on
119. ch monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The Check Engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile your emission controls may not work as well your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty 3 36 Notice Modifications made to the engine transaxle exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or replacement tires that do not match your vehicle s original tires can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test When the ignition is on this light should come on and should go out after a few seconds as a check to show you it is worki
120. cket into the lamp housing by turning it clockwise Reverse Steps 1 through 2 to install the assembly 5 39 Turn Signal Lamps Side Your vehicle may have this side turn signal lamp To replace this bulb do the following 1 Locate the bulb by reaching underneath the vehicle where the side turn signal lamp is located 2 Remove the side turn signal lamp assembly by pulling it forward 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise 4 Remove the bulb from the lamp housing by pulling the bulb straight out of the socket 5 40 5 Install the new bulb into the bulb socket by pushing in and turning it clockwise 6 Push the side turn signal lamp assembly back into its original position Fog Lamps To replace a fog lamp bulb do the following 1 Access the fog lamp bulb by reaching under the front bumper 2 Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the fog lamp bulb socket 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it 4 Install the new bulb 5 Connect the wiring harness connector to the fog lamp bulb socket Sidemarker Lamps Front To replace a front sidemarker bulb do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 10 for more information 2 Remove the headlamp assembly 3 Turn the front sidemarker bulb socket counterclockwise 4 Pull the front sidemarker bulb socket out of the front bumper Oh 5 Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb socket 6 Push
121. cle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly How This Section is Organized This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services explains what to have done and how often Some of these services can be complex so unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should let your GM dealer s service department do these jobs Your GM dealer has GM trained and supported service people that will perform the work using genuine GM parts Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt have a qualified technician do the work If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 11 Part B Owner Checks and Services tells you what should be checked and when It also explains what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections explains important inspections that your dealer s service department can perform for you Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants lists some recommended products necessary to help keep your vehicle properly maintained These produc
122. cle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active 1 60 For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If
123. current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating There are spare fuses provided in the engine compartment fuse block If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick a feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can There are two fuse blocks in your vehicle the instrument panel fuse block and the engine compartment fuse block There is a fuse puller located on the engine compartment fuse block It can be used to easily remove fuses from the fuse block Instrument Panel Fuse Block The instrument panel fuse block is located on the end of the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle To access the fuses open the fuse panel door by pulling out To reinstall the door insert the tabs at the back end first then push the door into the instrument panel to secure it
124. d A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured in appropriate child restraints Child Restraint Systems An infant car bed A a special bed made for use in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 1 31 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint 1 32 A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint for the child s body with the harness and also sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped or shelf like shields A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt positioner and some high back booster seats have a five point harness A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window How do child restraints work A child restraint system is any device d
125. dding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle has an engine coolant heater In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The electrical cord is located to the right of the battery 3 Plug the cord into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything
126. directed to the instrument panel side outlets To help clear the windshield quickly do the following 1 Select the defrost mode 2 Select the highest temperature 3 Select the highest fan speed Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear Rear Window and Outside Mirror Defogger Your vehicle may have a rear window and outside mirror defogger This feature will only work when the ignition is turned to ON The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Before using this feature clear as much snow from the rear window as possible GW Rear Press this button to turn the rear window and outside mirror defogger on or off An indicator light in the button will come on to let your know that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger will turn off about 10 minutes after the button is pressed The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine Notice Don t use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs wouldn t be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 3 23 Outlet Adjustment Use the lever located in the center of each outlet to change the direction of the airflow For four door models use the thumbwheel located next to the outlets to turn the
127. drive at any one speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 35 for more information Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn the key to four different positions On manual transaxle vehicles turning the key to LOCK and removing it will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key only to ACC Do not push the key in while the vehicle is moving Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service LOCK This position locks your steering wheel ignition shift lever and transaxle This is the only position in which you can insert or remove the key For easier key operation when unlocking the steeri
128. e Power Mirrors Your vehicle may have outside power mirrors The control for the power mirrors is located on the driver s side door trim Move the outside power mirror control to L for the left mirror and to R for the right mirror If you place the control in the center position no movement of the mirror will occur To adjust a mirror press the corresponding edges located on the four way control pad to move the mirror in the direction that you want it to go The ignition must be turned to ON to adjust the mirrors The outside rearview mirrors can be folded flat against the side of the vehicle by pushing them toward the vehicle 2 34 Outside Convex Mirror A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver s seat It also makes things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are Outside Heated Mirrors If your vehicle has this feature when you operate the rear window defogger the heated driver s and passenger s outside power mirrors are warmed to help clear them of ice and snow See Rear Window and Outside Mirror Defogger under Climate Control System on page 3 21 for more info
129. e Tires on page 5 45 City Driving One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 4 19 Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ra
130. e and also record the key number somewhere other than inside of the vehicle If you lose your key you will be able to have a new one made easily using the tag If you need a new key contact your dealer who can obtain the correct key code See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 for more information Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys Remote Keyless Entry System If equipped the keyless entry system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any remote keyless entry system If the transmitter does not work or if you have
131. e atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping gasoline Checking Things Under the Hood An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Things that burn can get
132. e belt system or the LATCH system in your vehicle but the child also has to be secured within the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat General Motors recommends that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 34 A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child r
133. e cigarette lighter is located to the right of the front ashtray To use it turn the ignition to ACC or ON push the cigarette lighter in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating 3 19 Clock Your vehicle has a digital clock If you have the four door model the clock is located in the center of the instrument panel below the air outlets If you have a hatchback the clock is located in the center of the instrument panel above the air outlets When the ignition is turned to ACC or ON the time is displayed in the digital clock There are three adjusting buttons for the digital clock Ede Sedan shown Hatchback similar H Hour To go forward one hour press the H button once To go forward more than one hour press and hold the button until the correct hour is reached 3 20 M Minute To go forward one minute press the M button once To go forward more than one minute press and hold the button until the correct minute is reached S Set To reset the time to the nearest hour press the S button For example if this button is pressed while the time is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display is set to 8 00 If this button is pr
134. e coolant surge tank when the engine is cool If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan is running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If it is not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty 5 25 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not between the MIN and MAX marks add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and proper coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for more information
135. e covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towi
136. e double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of
137. e easy step Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil ne wiping necessary Remover and asphalt ie Cee ana Chrome Cleaner Use on chrome or i and Polish stainless steel Wash Wax Concentrate eee ee and White Sidewall Removes soil and black phosphate free Tire Cleaner marks from whitewalls i Quickly and easily Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Spot Lifter removes spots and stains Glass Cleaner Removes dirt grime from carpets vinyl and smoke and fingerprints cloth upholstery Removes dirt and grime Odorless spray odor aly el Dre from chrome wheels and Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics wire wheel covers vinyl leather and carpet Removes dust See your General Motors parts department for these Finish Enhancer fingerprints and surface products contaminants Spray on wipe off 5 74 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLES613K123456 T This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver s side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in your VIN is the engine code This code will help you identify your engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label You will find th
138. e going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do Be ready for their mistakes Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance It is the best defensive driving maneuver in both city and rural driving You never know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake or turn suddenly Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task such as concentrating on a cellular telephone call reading or reaching for something on the floor makes 4 2 proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do things like this or pull off the road in a safe place to do them yourself These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment Muscular Coordination e Vision Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths ha
139. e ignition Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer Remember to bring any remaining transmitters with you when you go to your dealer When the dealer matches the replacement transmitter to your vehicle any remaining transmitters must also be matched Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Each vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter should last about two years The battery is weak if the LED light fails to illuminate or if the transmitter will not work at the normal operating range If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter do the following 1 Remove the screw from the back of the cover and open the cover of the transmitter 2 Pull the transmitter unit out of the cover and open the cover of the transmitter unit 3 Remove the battery and replace it with the new one
140. e on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this light comes on for a few seconds when the ignition is turned to ON The TCS warning light may also come on for the following reasons If the TCS warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on there may be a problem with your TCS and your vehicle needs service When the TCS warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly Hold Mode Light If your vehicle has this feature this light will come on when the hold mode is active HOLD If the HOLD mode light flashes have your vehicle checked See Hold Mode under Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 2 21 for additional information on this feature Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Your vehicle has an engine coolant temperature gage With the ignition turned to ON this gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves into the red area your engine is too hot It means that your engine coolant has overheated If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions you should pull off the road stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 23 3 35 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle is equipped with a computer whi
141. earance Care Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 56 Wheel Replacement eeeeeeeneeeeeereeees 5 56 Tre ChAES inc am naera iane a AE N 5 57 If a Tire Goes Flat 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 58 Changing a Flat Tire cc ceceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 59 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 60 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Mine tases ees cenndendeactecancaacs Sancta teeta 5 61 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 65 Compact Spare Tire c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 66 Appearance Care 0 cee ees 5 66 Fabric Gatpet arver ei ensin ueruaeteed 5 67 MIM RA E A E EA 5 68 Leather saries mare are a EE 5 68 Instrument Panel s rner a 5 69 Interior Plastic Components ssseseereree 5 69 Glass SUMACES acisini neran 5 69 Weeatherstrips 2 cccccid sick cantatindaceetectacenivgesezenndd 5 69 Washing Your Vehicle ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 69 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0008 5 70 Finish Care risiini ainei ni ni 5 70 Windshield and Wiper Blades accenn 5 71 Aluminum Wheels ssisoscciriisericsmiriininensasa 5 71 WARGS tenes ERNE Rs SEE n a sateen doesn ake 5 72 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeer eee eeees 5 72 Finish Damage siticisesstccs ensar s a EN 5 72 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeee ees 5 73 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeee enen 5
142. eat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers heaters or massagers located between the seat cushion and the child restraint or small occupant can affect how the passenger sensing system operates Remove any additional material from the seat cushion before reinstalling securing the child restraint or small occupant If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 1 47 Airbag System Your vehicle has airbags a frontal airbag for the driver and another frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have side impact airbags Side impact airbags are available for the driver and right front passenger If your vehicle has a side impact airbag for the driver and or the right front passenger the words AIR BAG will appear on the airbag covering on the side of the seatback closest to the door 1 48 Frontal airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating frontal airbag Bu
143. ed Exterior Lamps Uplevel shown Base similar The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp band has three positions D Headlamps Turn the band to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the following Taillamps License Plate Lamp Instrument Panel Lights 300 Parking Lamps Turn the band to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights If your parking lamps are on and you remove the ignition key and open the door they will automatically turn off to prevent the battery from being discharged OFF Turn the band to this position to turn all lamps off except the Daytime Running Lamps DRL Headlamps on Reminder If you open the driver s door with the ignition turned to LOCK or ACC while leaving the lamps on you will hear a warning chime Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset 3 15 The DRL system will make your low beam headlamps come on in daylight when the following conditions are met The ignition is on The exterior lamp band is in OFF or in the parking lamp position The parking brake is released An indicator light will come o
144. ed Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 11 For up to 10 seconds after the ignition key is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 1 62 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system A Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module located under the driver s seat or the inside rearview mirror can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Restraint System Check
145. ed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake Your brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump your brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If your engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle may have anti lock brakes ABS is an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid If your vehicle has anti lock brakes this warning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel The anti lock system can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The compute
146. ee Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service Q Inspect EVAP canister vapor lines and solenoid valve filter An Emission Control Service See footnote Tf Q Inspect PCV system An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change brake clutch fluid or every 24 months whichever occurs first 33 000 Miles 55 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 36 000 Miles 60 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 39 000 Miles 65 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 42 000 Miles 70 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 45 000 Miles 75 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regu
147. ee Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 63 1 24 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender It is free When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A If possible an older child should wear a Older Children lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Older children who have outgrow
148. eeeeeeeeee 1 58 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 62 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 8 1 55 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 56 When Should an Airbag Inflate 0 1 53 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 51 Antenna Backglass 2 2 eceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 54 Anti Lock Brake System ABS a e 4 6 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 3 33 Appearance Care 2 2 ceeeeee seen e eee eee e eee 5 66 Aluminum Wheels 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 71 Chemical Paint Spotting eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 73 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 08 5 70 Fabric Carpet cece isc arie heeh Kon bey anan 5 67 Finish Gare rare error ledel 5 70 Fimish Damage iiinn oiana 5 72 Glass Sunlaces vis vitiecisxvesdclahl aiaa aet 5 69 Instrument Panel 12522 aaben bb s s delene 5 69 Interior Plastic Components 0 ceeeeeeeees 5 69 Leather sa Er eee a 5 68 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 72 THOS 4 ere ne Sae i aE e OEN 5 72 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeee ees 5 73 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 74 Vinh EE E SERENE NSSS gested 5 68 Washing Your Vehicle ceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 69 Wealhersttips eci pecs ses rede ksen ed ben vanes 5 69 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0 5 71 ASIITAYS cerraron erain ANE RR 3 19
149. eeeeeees 6 1 Instrument Panel 0 c0cccceeceeeeeeeseeeeaseaees 3 1 Maintenance Schedule Instrument Panel Overview enc coccun srcece cnc 3 4 Maintenance Schedule oo eeeeeeeeeeee eee 6 2 Climate Controls ccceccseisssiccsctevdscecarseceseanes 3 21 Customer Assistance and Information 7 1 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators __ 3 26 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Audio System S sssini 3 42 Reporting Safety Defects oo eects 7 10 no EAE eS ca 1 mija CHEVROLET GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CHEVROLET and the CHEVROLET Emblem are registered trademarks and the name OPTRA is a trademark of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Chevrolet Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed while you are on the road If the vehicle is sold leave this manual in the vehicle Litho in U S A Part No 050PTRA A First Edition Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they
150. eenes Power DOO serene ener Rear Door Security LOCKS W u ssseererererreree Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Schedule cont Loss of Control Low Fuel Warning Light Manual Controls Maintenance Normal Replacement Parts Maintenance Schedule At Each Fuel Fill At Least Once a Month At Least Once a Year At Least Twice a Year Brake System Inspection Engine Cooling System Inspection Exhaust System Inspection Fuel System Inspection How This Section is Organized Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Requirements Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services Part B Owner Checks and Services Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Part D Recommended Fluids ANG LUDICANKS sr 6 24 Part E Maintenance Record 00006 6 26 Selecting the Right Schedule eee 6 5 Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance 6 6 Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection ceeeeeeee 6 22 Throttle System Inspection eeeeeeee eee 6 23 USING YOUR rn arne hr ends tan dardani agn 6 4 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light cece eee 3 36 Manual Lumbar Controls 0cccccceeeseeeeeeeees 1 4 Manual Seats ccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 1 2 1 3 Manual Transaxle PWG estate SEER SEES E ERE 5 19 Operation crisma nainen aa 2 25 Manual Windows
151. ehicle 1 62 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 5 72 Shifting Into Park P cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee renerne 2 28 Shifting Out of Park P c nccen denied 2 29 Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance 6 6 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster eeeeeeee 1 20 Signals Turn and Lane Change 00 0006 3 10 Spare Tire Installing scenic data Gui ler ernt 5 61 REMOVING ar cad a a naa eai 5 60 SIONN seei ac cccomdsenpesnteecealatinnclgiansamedeccgecnatt 5 65 Specifications Capacities ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 82 Speed Sensitive Power Steering SSPS Waring Ihi apsis seiis sende 3 34 Speedometer erorar errai eniinn Nia EE e decade 3 28 Starting Your Engine eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee renerne 2 19 SICCTING errre sneen rss SERBERE EBBEDE SES SEES SEE SSD RS ees 4 9 Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection eceeeeeeeeee ees 6 22 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 2 0006 3 52 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0 ceeeeee ee 3 9 11 Storage Areas cceecceceeceee cence eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees Convenience Net cccceceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaees Cupholder S is rd ac veetis Novela hair kende Front Armrest Storage Area eeeeeeeeeeee ees Front Storage Area on icseneni riens siniese Glove BOX marie E ieccaieoineals Rear Seat Armrest ccccccececeeec sees eeeeeeees Ro
152. ehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 5 49 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 51 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the be
153. er TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread E Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 55 F Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 51 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 oN we ssaa xvn isa t 2 Z 7 gt 9 E cd D Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 66 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 58 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Numbe
154. er Forms Service Publications are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Accessory Power Outlets eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 18 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle iirinn kenaa ae a 1 62 Additives Fuel s c0ssccdesaveresscetwecens ih en 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment ssseereree 5 75 Air Cleaner Filter Engine eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 17 Air Conditioning ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 3 21 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator eeeeeeeeees 3 30 Readiness Light 2 s eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 3 29 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM 7 9 Airbag SYSTEM oii aicsin seks EGEDE aE 1 48 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle ciane reek en N E ENS 1 62 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeeeee 1 55 Passenger Sensing System e e
155. er whether or not a kit is available In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top strap and that the strap be anchored In the United States some child restraints also have a top strap If your child restraint has a top strap it should be anchored If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint raise the head restraint and route the top strap under it See Head Restraints on page 1 6 1 35 Anchor the top strap to an anchor point specified in Top Strap Anchor Location on page 1 36 Be sure to use an anchor point located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Each top tether bracket is designed to anchor only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single bracket could cause the anchor to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per bracket Once you have the top strap anchored you will be ready to secure the child restraint itself Tighten the top strap when and as the child restraint manufacturer s instructions say 1 36 Top Strap Anchor Location Top strap anchors are already installed in your vehicle for the rear seating positions Do not secure a child restraint with a top strap in the right front passenger s position if a national
156. erheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving 2 27 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by pushing the lever toward the passenger side of the vehicle and then up 3 Turn the ignition to LOCK 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 2 28 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running Automatic Transaxle It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in
157. esigned for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner For many years add on child restraints have used the adult belt system in the vehicle To help reduce the chance of injury the child also has to be secured within the restraint The vehicle s belt system secures the add on child restraint in the vehicle and the add on child restraint s harness system holds the child in place within the restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side 1 33 When choosing a child restraint be sure the child restraint is designed to be used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards Then follow the instructions for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or ina booklet or both These restraints use th
158. essed while the time is between 8 30 and 8 59 the display is set to 9 00 After disconnecting the battery or replacing the fuse reset the clock Climate Controls Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation for your vehicle Uplevel shown Base similar Fan Turn the left knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed In any setting other than off the fan will run continuously with the ignition on The fan must be on in order for the air conditioning compressor to run To change the current mode select one of the following from the middle knob i Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets Eyr Bi Level This mode directs about half of the air to the instrument panel outlets and then directs the remaining air to the floor outlets si Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets Some of the air will also be directed to the windshield instrument panel side outlets and the rear outlets Be sure to keep the area under the front seats clear to allow the flow of air to the rear compartment The middle knob can also be used to select the defog and defrost modes Information on defogging and defrosting can be found later in this section Temperature Control Turn the right knob clockwise or counterclockwise to manually increase or decrease the temperature inside your vehicle Turn the knob to t
159. estraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat Wherever you install it be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Top Strap Some child restraints have a top strap or top tether It can help restrain the child restraint during a collision For it to work a top strap must be properly anchored to the vehicle Some top strap equipped child restraints are designed for use with or without the top strap being anchored Others require the top strap always to be anchored Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If yours requires that the top strap be anchored do not use the restraint unless it is anchored properly If the child restraint does not have a top strap one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufactur
160. ever get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off 6 Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the compact spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well 7 Remove all of the wheel nuts by turning them counterclockwise 8 Remove the flat tire 9 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 5 63 10 Place the compact spare tire on the wheel mounting surface Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serious accident 11 Install the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand cloc
161. f or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed 3 37 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control eq
162. g slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transaxle If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place If there is a malfunction with the automatic transaxle the malfunction indicator lamp MIL or the HOLD indicator light will turn on or flash See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 or Hold Mode Light on page 3 35 Have your vehicle fixed as soon as possible 2 24 Hold Mode If your vehicle s transaxle has hold mode you can select this mode to drive with some characteristics of a manual transaxle With hold mode turned on the automatic transaxle will stay in a specific gear range Press the HOLD button on the shift lever console to turn on hold mode Press the button again to turn off hold mode and return to normal automatic transaxle operation While on the HOLD indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will light up See Hold Mode Light on page 3 35 When hold mode is activated the transaxle operates in the following ways When the transaxle is in AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D the transaxle operates in a gear range of SECOND 2 to THIRD 3 to AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D and tries to maintain AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D for as long as possible e When the transaxle is in THIRD 3 the transaxle operates in a gear range of SECOND 2 to THIRD 3 a
163. ger s position Do not secure a child seat in this position if a national or local law requires that the top strap be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored See Top Strap on page 1 35 if your child restraint has one You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 58 General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Seats With Sliding Storage Tray on page 1 2 or Manual Seats Without Sliding Storage Tray on page 1 3 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to ON or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 2 Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The c
164. ght pull down on the buckle end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor Q What is wrong with this A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this
165. gnition is turned to ON to remind people to fasten their safety belts The tone will not sound if the driver s safety belt is already buckled Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 48 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N 3 29 If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition to ON If the light does not come on then have it
166. gularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect drive belt s 52 500 Miles 87 500 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 60 000 Miles 100 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Q Replace spark plug wires An Emission Control Service Q Inspect drive belt s Q Replace timing belt Q Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should
167. h or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 66 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km 5 51 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on
168. hat hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Inflation Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kiloPascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 51 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle KiloPascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger v
169. have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service Q Inspect EVAP canister and vapor lines Replace solenoid valve filter An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Inspect PCV system An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change brake clutch fluid or every 24 months whichever occurs first 67 500 Miles 112 500 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 75 000 Miles 125 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect drive belt s 82 500 Miles 137 500 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whicheve
170. having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking Ride home ina cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your ve
171. he blue area to get cool air and to the red area to get warm air 3 21 A C Air Conditioning If your vehicle has air conditioning follow these steps to use the system Start the engine and set the fan control knob to the desired fan speed The air conditioning compressor does not operate when the fan control knob is in the OFF position Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on and off When A C is pressed an indicator light in the button will come on to let you know that air conditioning is activated On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for your vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quick cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select the vent mode 2 Select the highest fan speed 3 Press the A C button 4 Press the recirculation button 5 Select the coolest temperature Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of your vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in your vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off 3 22 The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so you may sometimes notice a small amount of water dripping underneath your vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal A Recirculation This mode keeps outside air from coming into the vehicle It
172. he brake hydraulic system If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system When your brake fluid falls to a low level your brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 32 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 24 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake system your brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Appearance Care on page 5 66 5 31 Brake Wear Y
173. he root folder The next and previous folder functions will have no function on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files will be located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons will search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT 3 49 Order of Play Tracks will be played in the following order Play will begin from the first track in the first playlist and will continue sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has been played play will continue from the first track of the first playlist e lf the CD does not contain any playlists then play will begin from the first track under the root directory When all tracks from the root directory have been played play will continue from files according to their numerical listing After playing the last track from the last folder play will begin again at the first track of the first folder or root directory File System and Naming The song name that will be displayed will be the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio will display the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track
174. he station has been set Whenever that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set will return 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Automatic Store Six FM1 preset stations with the strongest reception in the region can be automatically stored Press the AST button for longer than one second Once the stations are stored the radio will switch to FM1 and the first preset station will begin to play FM A will appear on the display when listening to the automatic stored stations Press the AM FM button to cancel automatic store Setting the Tone Bass Treble SOUND Bass Treble Press this button until BAS appears on the display Turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease the bass The display will show the bass level When finished making the selection press this button to select the bass level Press this button until TRE appears on the display Turn the volume knob to increase or to decrease the treble The display will show the treble level When finished making the selection press this button to select the treble level If a station is weak or noisy decrease the treble SOUND Equalization Press this button until EQ OFF appears on the display to select customized equalization settings designed for classic pop rock jazz and voice Turn the volume knob until the desired equalization setting appears on the display When finished making the selection press the SOUND button to select the equalization
175. he tire size aspect ratio is 70 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 70 as high as it is wide 5 48 D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and the speed rating of a tire The load range represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kiloPascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords t
176. height adjuster to the desired position After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 1 14 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the driver s safety belt Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts 1 21 Lap Shoulder Belt All rear seating
177. hen the transaxle is in gear By slowly spinning your wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get you out after a few tries you may need to be towed out If you do need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 33 4 28 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the Maximum Load weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label RECOMMENDED TIRE SIZE AND INFLATION PRESSURE COLD DIMENSIONS DES PNEUS et PRESSIONS DE CONFLAGE RECOMMANDEES 6 froid MAXIMUMLOAD OCCUPANTS DISTRIBUTION R PARTITION CARGE MAXIMALE _ OCCUPANTS FRONT AVANT REAR ARRIERE LUGGAGE BAGAGES TOTAL LOAD OCCUPANTS PAUS LUGGAGE GHARGE GLOBALE OCCUPANTS PLUS BAGAGES TIRE SIZE PRESSURE PRESSION DIMENSIONS DES PNEUS REAR _ARRIERE SEE OWN
178. hibitors or additives which claim to improve the system These can be harmful 5 21 Checking Coolant The engine coolant surge tank is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the driver s side See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 22 Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be between the MAX A and MIN B marks on the coolant surge tank The level rises at engine operation temperature and drops again when the engine cools down Adding Coolant If the level falls below the MIN B mark add the proper coolant mixture at the surge tank but only when the engine is cool If the surge tank is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Cooling System on page 5 24 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed c
179. hicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle Braking Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road wet dry icy tire tread the condition of your brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration follow
180. hild A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 30 Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designe
181. hild restraint instructions will show you how Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed 1 45 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock safety belt quickly if you ever had to 1 46 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 8 If the airbag is off the off indicator in the rearview mirror will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to ON or START If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the s
182. hould retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer Reading Serviced By Maintenance Record 6 26 Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 06005 7 2 Online Owner Center cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 3 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone MTY USENS eree inen a r 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices cccceeeeeeee 7 4 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 5 Roadside Assistance Program eccere 7 6 Courtesy Transportation ccceseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 7 7 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data i 0 0 0 gt 6 7 9 Customer Assistance and Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Chevrolet Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction
183. ick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level 5 14 When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is at or below the lower hole at the tip of the dipstick B then you will need to add at least one quart of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 82 Notice Do not add too much oil If your engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper hole A that shows the proper operating range your engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range between the holes on the dipstick Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR ial THIS SYMBOL 80 AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil co
184. ild restraint attachments to secure the restraints Some restraints also use another vehicle anchor to secure a top tether strap A Lower Anchorage B Lower Anchorage In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint designed for that system A Lower Anchorage B Lower Anchorage C Top Tether 1 39 Child restraints and booster cushions that can be used D with the LATCH system are identified with label A If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached A B to its anchorage points the restraint will not To assist you in locating the lower anchors for this child be able to protect the child correctly In a restraint system each seating position with the crash the child could be seriously injured or LATCH system has either label A or B on the seatback killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchorage points or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual These labels are located at each lower anchor position near the base of the seat 1 40 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System 1 Find the LATCH anchorages for the seating position you want to use where the bottom of the seatback meets the back of the seat cushion See Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for Children LATCH System on page 1 39 2 Put the ch
185. ild restraint on the seat 3 Attach and tighten the LATCH attachments on the child restraint to the LATCH anchorages in the vehicle The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 If the child restraint is forward facing attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchorage The child restraint instructions will show you how Also see Top Strap on page 1 35 5 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint simply unhook the top tether from the top tether anchorage and then disconnect the LATCH attachments from the LATCH anchorages Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for Children LATCH System on page 1 39 See Top Strap on page 1 35 if the child restraint has one If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 41 3 Buckle the belt Be sure the latch plate clicks when you put it int
186. ilter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 6 000 Miles 10 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 9 000 Miles 15 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 12 000 Miles 20 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 15 000 Miles 25 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace the filter If vehicle is driven in dusty dirty conditions inspect filter at every engine oil change See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Inspect drive belt s 18 000 Miles 30 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control
187. ing methanol It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage the plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors does not recommend the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel may be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling Your Tank Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks f
188. ion and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect the power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Clean and then inspect the drive axle boot seals for damage tears or leakage Replace seals if necessary Exhaust System Inspection Inspect the complete exhaust system Inspect the body near the exhaust system Look for broken damaged missing or out of position parts as well as open seams holes loose connections or other conditions which could cause a heat build up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 31 Fuel System Inspection Inspect the complete fuel system for damage or leaks Engine Cooling System Inspection Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace as needed Clean the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap is recommended at least once a year Throttle System Inspection Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise co
189. irt can 1 Remove the four screws that hold the cover on easily get into your engine which will damage it 2 Lift off the cover Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving 3 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter See Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 5 83 for replacement part numbers 4 Put the cover back on tightly and tighten the screws See Using Your Maintenance Schedule on page 6 4 for replacement intervals Automatic Transaxle Fluid It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible You may also have your fluid level checked by your dealer or service center when you have your oil changed Notice Use of automatic transaxle fluid labeled other than ESSO LT71141 or TOTAL ATF H50235 may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use ESSO LT71141 or TOTAL ATF H50235 labeled automatic transaxle fluid Manual Transaxle Fluid It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 24 for the proper fluid to use Hydraulic Clutch There is one reservoir for both the brake and the hydraulic cl
190. is label on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts On this label you will find the following e VIN Model designation Paint information e Production options and special equipment Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Don t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn t be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 62 5 75 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses one for each headlamp in the fuse block An electrical overload will cause the lamps to turn off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by an internal circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem and not snow etc be sure to get it fixed 5 76 Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the
191. iscontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Canadian Roadside Assistance Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive roadside assistance program accessible from anywhere in Canada or the United States Please refer to the Warranty and Owner Assistance Information book Courtesy Transportation Chevrolet has always exemplified quality and value in its offering of motor vehicles To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to retail purchase lease customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions
192. it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 2 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away 5 24 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see A Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap B Electric Engine Cooling Fan An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface Make sure that the air conditioning is turned off The coolant level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on th
193. ith chains on will damage your vehicle 5 57 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you re driving especially if you maintain your tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 58 Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use y
194. ition 0 08 1 24 Safety Belt Pretensioners cceeeeeeneeeeenes 1 24 Safety Belt Extender cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 24 Child Restraints 0 0 ee 1 25 Older GRIA EN ince runer ore ere iA 1 25 Infants and Young Children ceeeeeeee ees 1 27 Child Restraint Systems ceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 31 Where to Put the Restraint cee 1 34 TOD Strap spitsen tae ienn aN 1 35 Top Strap Anchor Location sssssseereeee 1 36 Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for Children LATCH System eeeeeeeeeee 1 39 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 41 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position rr rarere DA reed 1 41 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position ssseeeerererenenee 1 43 Airbag Systems W W sssseeeeeeeeee eee dicta 1 48 Where Are the Airbags c eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 51 When Should an Airbag Inflate 1 53 What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 55 How Does an Airbag Restrain eee 1 55 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 56 Passenger Sensing System 6 seeeeeeeeeees 1 58 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 62 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped VENICE esmae a anaa 1 62 Restraint System Check 1 1 63 Checking Your Res
195. itter will flash once All of the doors will unlock The hazard warning lamps will flash twice The theft deterrent mode will deactivate If the door is not opened or if the engine is not started within 30 seconds after disarming the system with the transmitter all of the doors will automatically lock and the theft deterrent mode will reactivate How the System Alarm is Activated If a door or the trunk or liftgate is opened without using the key or the remote keyless entry transmitter the horn will sound and the lamps will flash for up to 30 seconds How to Turn Off the System Alarm If the system alarm is active it can be deactivated using one of the following methods Press the lock or unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter Unlock the driver s or passenger s front door using the key Otherwise the alarm will automatically stop after 30 seconds The system will then lock the doors and reactivate the theft deterrent system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If the hazard warning lamps flash once when you press the lock or unlock buttons on the remote keyless entry transmitter that means the theft deterrent system alarm was triggered while you were away from the vehicle Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Do not
196. ke sure whoever services your vehicle uses these All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle These schedules are for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these on the tire and loading information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Selecting the Right Schedule First you will need to decide which of the two schedules is right for your vehicle Here is how to decide which schedule to follow Short Trip City Definition Follow the Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance if any one of these conditions is true for your vehicle Most trips are less than 5 miles 8 km This is particularly important when outside temperatures are below freezing Most trips include extensive idling such as frequent driving in stop and go traffic If the vehicle is used for delivery service police taxi or other commercial application One of the reasons you should follow this schedule if you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions is that these conditions cause engine oil to break down sooner Short Trip City Intervals Every 3 000 Miles 5 000 km Engine Oil and Filter Change or 3 months whichever occurs first Every 6 000 Miles 10 000 km Tire Rotation Every 15 000
197. kes is during tire rotation See Brake System Inspection on page 6 23 7 500 Miles 12 500 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 15 000 Miles 25 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect drive belt s 22 500 Miles 37 500 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 30 000 Miles 50 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replace
198. kwise until the wheel is held against the hub 12 Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 5 64 Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 82 for wheel nut torque specification Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 82 for the wheel nut torque specification 13 Tighten the wheel nuts Storing a Flat or Spare Tire firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown and Tools Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your compact all these in the proper place spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare you could damage the cover or the spare To store a flat or spare tire do the following Do not
199. l appear on the display As the CD is loading Filecheck will appear on the display As each new track starts to play Track and the track number will appear on the display 3 44 If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled You may experience an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur try a known good CD Do not add paper labels to CDs they could get caught in the CD player If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section 2 RPT Repeat Press this pushbutton to repeat the current track RPT will appear on the display Press this pushbutton again to turn off repeat play 3 INT SCAN Press this button to listen to the first few seconds of each track on each CD inserted INTRO will appear on the display To stop scanning press this button again The current track will begin to play 4 RDM Random Press this pushbutton
200. l need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system wasn t being used at the time of the collision If the frontal airbags inflate you will also need to replace the driver s and right front passenger s safety belt pretentioners and safety belt Be sure to do so Then the new pretensioner and safety belt will be there to help protect you in a collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and right front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies even if the frontal airbags have not deployed The driver and right front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners 1 64 Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 If your vehicle is equipped with side airbags the front seat assembly must be replaced after the side airbag has been deployed If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Section 2 Features and Controls RG YS cies rarere A erne ed 2 2 Remote Keyless Entry System W sseseeeee 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Doors and LOCKS 0 eee eee 2 8 DOO
201. lames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel To open the fuel filler door pull up on the release lever located on the floor on the outboard side of the driver s seat The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger s side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly to the left counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 69 When replacing the fuel cap turn it to the right clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into th
202. lamps seriti neidon pa oe radars 5 38 Bulb Replacement cont Replacement Bulbs ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 43 Sidemarker Lamps seeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees 5 41 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back Up LAMPS ceeeeeeeee eect nee eee been 5 42 Turn Signal Lamps sces sicceesetsisesecieecesiiacies 5 40 Buying New TireS cceceeceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 54 California Fuel sss al annn a 5 5 Canadian OWNne S cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee eeneeneeaees ii Capacities and Specifications cee 5 82 Carbon Monoxide 2 11 2 13 2 31 4 23 4 35 Care of Your CD Player sieciscctadess ER Hare i a eE vee 3 53 YOUR E DE E T 3 53 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 42 Center Rear Passenger Position Safety Belts 1 24 Chains TO a niente sete a eate tadac beter teense 5 57 Charging System Light eeceseeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 32 Check Engine Light oase ener 3 36 Checking Things Under the Hood 0 0 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 5 73 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems Infants and Young Children s Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for Children LATCH System eeeeeeeeeeee Older Children c cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System aseeseen Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position sic ccceiecnee
203. larly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace the filter If vehicle is driven in dusty dirty conditions inspect filter at every engine oil change See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Inspect drive belt s 48 000 Miles 80 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 51 000 Miles 85 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 54 000 Miles 90 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 57 000 Miles 95 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 60 000 Miles 100 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often
204. ldren know how to cancel the locks Canceling the Rear Door Security Lock 1 Unlock the door from the inside and open the door from the outside 2 Move the lever downward to unlock 3 Do the same for the other rear door The rear door locks will now work normally Lockout Protection This feature helps prevent locking your key in the car The driver s door can only be locked with the door closed From the outside of the vehicle close the driver s door and lock it using the key or the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped This feature cannot guarantee that you will never be locked out of your vehicle Always remember to take your key with you Trunk Sedan To unlock the trunk on your sedan from the outside insert the key and turn it clockwise in the trunk lock cylinder or use the remote keyless entry transmitter if your vehicle has one When closing the trunk close from the center to ensure it fully latches It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid e Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force o
205. lso have an express down feature This switch is labeled AUTO Press the switch then release it and the driver s window will go all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering press the switch again To raise the window pull up and hold the switch Window Lockout The driver s power window controls may also include a lockout button Press the lockout button to stop the front and rear passengers from using their window switches The driver can still operate all the windows with the lock on Press the lockout button again to return to normal window operation Sun Visors Arming the System To block out glare you can swing down the visors You To arm the system do the following can also remove them from the center mount and 1 Turn the ignition to LOCK and remove the key from swing them to the side the ignition Visor Vanity Mirror If the key is inserted in the ignition the transmitter will not operate the theft deterrent system Your vehicle also has vanity mirrors located on the back 2 of the sun visors Swing down the sun visor and lift the cover to expose the vanity mirror Close the doors the windows the hood and the trunk or liftgate Make sure the windows are closed as the system can be activated even if the windows are open Theft Deterrent Systems 3 Lock the door using the remote keyless entry Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities transmitter The transmitter must be used t
206. lt eeceeeeeeeeeee teens Seat Tilt Adjuster ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Driving AL NIGRU scciccscs2onengeanaiddnnceanendtaceaeestcenes eens GLY ERE SEES DENS ciaeathensvescveeaedegiavceenevnaverenes Driving cont DGIGNSIVG ceecee gg 4 2 DrUNKGM fa 3 rer Sis e no rare dk 4 2 Freeway zaini meene enia aD E 4 19 Hill and Mountain Roads 0 0 eeeeeee 4 21 In Rain and on Wet Roads 2 ee eee 4 16 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 28 WINTER ase cdietiseietendan dened er e E 4 23 Electrical System Add On Equipment 0 ccseeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 5 75 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 79 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eseeeee eee 5 76 Headlamp Wiring c eseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 5 76 Instrument Panel Fuse Block eee 5 77 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 76 Windshield Wiper Fuses iascc 5 76 Engine Air Cleaner Filter ccccccceceeceeneeeeeeeeeees 5 17 Battery conesa ae a naehcecteangtee teat E 5 33 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 36 GOGIANL se rende ber r aE 5 20 Coolant Heater srsti en aae 2 20 Coolant Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeee ee 3 35 Cooling System Inspection 6 eeeee ee 6 23 Engine cont Engine Compartment Overview 0 eeee 5 12 Exha st annara eine eee 2 31 SEAE E AES ERE EN Eee REESE Es 5 14
207. luid level Check for leaks A fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss Have the system inspected and repaired if needed Clutch and Brake Pedal Free Play Check Check the clutch pedal and brake pedal for free play and adjust as necessary At Least Once a Year Key Lock Cylinders Service Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant specified in Part D Body Lubrication Service Lubricate all hood latch assemblies secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl hood and body door hinges rear compartment and any folding seat hardware Part D tells you what to use More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Starter Switch Check 1 2 When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 27 if necessary Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts On automatic transaxle vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The starter should work only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the starter works in any other position your vehicle needs service On manual transaxle vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL push the clutch down halfway and try to start the engine The starter should work only
208. m is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition to ON If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not fully release If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push Or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 33 Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light If your vehicle has an anti lock brake system this light will come on when the ignition is turned to ON and may stay on for
209. m on and off For five door models use the thumbwheel located below the outlets to turn them on and off Operation Tips Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively 3 24 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Your vehicle may have a passenger compartment air filter It is located on the passenger side under the glove box The filter traps most of the pollen from air entering the module Like your engine s air cleaner filter it may need to be changed periodically To change the passenger compartment air filter use the following steps 3 Remove the old passenger compartment air filter Sed h Hatchback similar 4 Then reverse the steps to install the new air filter ASAN EEG gal a Ensure that the new filter is inserted to the correct 1 Remove the four screws from the filter cover air flow located below the glove box 2 Remove the filter cover 3 25 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause
210. may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter The front ashtray is located at the lower part of the center of the instrument panel To remove the bin from the front ashtray for cleaning open the ashtray fully lift up the inner bin and then pull the bin out The rear ashtray is located at the bottom of the rear center console Pull the ashtray toward the rear of the vehicle to open it To remove the rear ashtray press in the retaining spring and pull the bin out Notice If you put papers or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Th
211. ment more often Q Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Q Inspect drive belt s Q Inspect timing belt Q Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service Q Inspect EVAP canister vapor lines and solenoid valve filter An Emission Control Service See footnote Tf Q Inspect PCV system An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change brake clutch fluid or every 24 months whichever occurs first 37 500 Miles 62 500 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 45 000 Miles 75 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive re
212. ment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific tire and loading information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the tire and loading information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a mont
213. mobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program As the owner of a new Chevrolet vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance program This value added service is intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive in the city or travel the open road Call Chevrolet s Roadside Assistance at 1 800 CHEV USA 1 800 243 8872 24 hours a day 365 days a year to speak with a Chevrolet Roadside Assistance representative We will provide the following services during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period at no expense to you Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel 5 maximum for the customer to get to the nearest service station Lock out Service identification required Replacement keys or locksmith service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle Delivery of the replacement key will be covered within 10 miles 16 km Emergency Tow Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Assistance provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire will be covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement
214. mp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that fi
215. n booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 1 25 Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck A If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle If the child is sitting in the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 26 Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection
216. n when the DRL are on See Daytime Running Lamps DRL Indicator Light on page 3 40 When the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps parking lamps and instrument panel lights will not be illuminated unless you have turned the exterior lamps control to the parking lamp or headlamp position The DRL system will turn off when one of the following conditions are met The ignition is off The parking brakes are on The high beam headlamps are on The low beam headlamps are on The flash to pass feature is used As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it 3 16 Fog Lamps If your vehicle has fog lamps use them for better visibility in foggy or misty conditions The band for the front fog lamps is located in the middle of the turn signal multifunction lever While using the fog lamps the ignition must be on as well as the parking lamps or low beam headlamps Turn the band to ON to turn the fog lamps on An indicator light will come on while the fog lamps are on See Fog Lamp Light on page 3 39 Turn the band to OFF to turn the fog lamps off The fog lamps will also turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on When the high beam headlamps are turned off the fog lamps will turn on again Instrument Panel Brightness The thumbwheel for this Jo feature is located on the P instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Turn the thumbwheel up
217. name Track names longer than 32 characters or 4 pages will be shortened The display will not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename will not be displayed 3 50 Preprogrammed Playlists You can access preprogrammed playlists which were created by WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software however you will not have editing capability These playlists will be treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 With the ignition on insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in Loading then Filecheck then MP3 will appear on the display The CD should begin playing You can insert a CD with the ignition off As each new track starts to play F001 the track number and the song name will appear on the display If you turn off the ignition or radio with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When you turn on the ignition or radio the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding track
218. nd driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants 7 9 To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection 7 10 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which co
219. nd tries to maintain THIRD 3 for as long as possible When the transaxle is in SECOND 2 the transaxle is fixed in that gear When the transaxle is in FIRST 1 the transaxle is fixed in that gear Hold Mode Functions Winter Function Select hold mode while in AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D THIRD 3 or SECOND 2 to help the vehicle maintain traction on slippery road surfaces such as snow mud or ice Manually Controlling Shift Select hold mode to use your automatic transaxle like a four speed manual transaxle Manual Transaxle Operation Five Speed R 1 3 5 This is your shift pattern Here is how to operate your manual transaxle FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into FIRST 1 2 25 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop
220. nder the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 31 To unlock the liftgate on your hatchback or wagon from outside of the vehicle insert the key into the lock cylinder and turn it clockwise or use the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped Then pull up the handle above the license plate to open the liftgate When closing the liftgate close from the center to ensure it fully latches To lock the liftgate insert the key into the lock cylinder and turn it counterclockwise or use the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped Windows Leaving children helpless adults or pets ina vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Manual Windows Use the window crank to open and close each window The rear windows do not open fully Power Windows If your vehicle has this feature the power window switches are located on the armrest on the driver s door Uplevel shown Base similar In addition each passenger door has a switch for its own window The ignition must be turned to ON to use the power windows To lower a window press down on the switch To raise a window lift up on the switch Express Down Window The driver s window may a
221. ne 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn your ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Notice Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be drained much sooner And the excessive heat can damage your starter motor Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 If it does not start wait about 15 seconds and try again to start the engine by turning the ignition key to START Wait about 15 seconds between each try When your engine has run about 10 seconds to warm up your vehicle is ready to be driven Do not race your engine when it is cold If the weather is below freezing 32 F or 0 C let the engine run for a few minutes to warm up 3 If your engine still will not start or starts but then stops it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing but this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds This clears the extra gasoline from the engine 2 20 Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before a
222. nes eae rianas Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees TOP Strap meiiies Ee E Top Strap Anchor Location ceeeeeeeee ees Where to Put the Restraint Cigarette Lighter lossen Cleaning Aluminum Wheels 0 0 0eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Exterior Lamps Lenses Fabric Carpet 2223 saae nn irei ai ann a Finish Care smere erien E ERRETES Glass Surfaces ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Instrument Panel Interior Plastic Component 6 eeeeeeeeeee bedahe E EN TGS 2sacdsscegsi ip rood les EE EER Underbody Maintenance Cleaning cont VIVI eaaa EE T 5 68 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeea tees 5 69 Weathers tips zsrsr nna Tees devine 5 69 Windshield and Wiper Blades W W u u s seere 5 71 Climate Control System W W u ssseeeeererererrree 3 21 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 3 24 Outlet Adjustment cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeaes 3 24 CIOGK sce soe REE EDER ent actacacnesete en anatase ERE ENE ER 3 20 Clutehy Hydraulic sisi hehe enea arean 5 19 Compact Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 5 66 Control of a Vehicle cceeeeeeeeee eee eeee eee renere 4 5 Convenience Net cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeee eee eeaeeaes 2 37 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeneee ees 3 35 Heater Engine 2 sane disteeaisedyiesa eid stands 2 20 Surge Tank Pressure Cap
223. ng towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following 4 33 Here are some important things to consider before you Dinghy Towing do recreational vehicle towing What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s Notice If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by recommendations your warranty Do not tow your vehicle with all How far will you tow Some vehicles have four wheels on the ground restrictions on how far and how long they can tow Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all Do you have the proper towing equipment four wheels on the ground If your vehicle must See your dealer or trailering professional for be towed you should use a dolly See Dolly Towing additional advice and equipment recommendations that follows for more information ls your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you will want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 20 4 34 Dolly Towing Notice Towing your vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground could cause transaxle
224. ng If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light Is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed Avoiding hard accelerations Avoiding steep uphill grades If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You also may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling Your Tank on page 5 7 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left of
225. ng This can cause you to lose control What you are carrying could be violently torn off and this could cause you or other drivers to have a collision and of course damage your vehicle You may be able to carry something like this inside But never carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of your vehicle A roof rack allows you to load things on top of your vehicle The roof rack has side rails attached to the roof These let you load some things on top of your vehicle as long as they are not wider or longer than the roof rack Notice Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 220 Ibs 100 kg or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage your vehicle Load cargo so that it rests on the slats as far forward as possible and against the side rails making sure to fasten it securely Don t exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading your vehicle For more information on vehicle capacity and loading see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you re driving check now and then to make sure cargo is still securely fastened Rear Seat Armrest Your vehicle may have a rear seat armrest that contains two cupholders To access the cupholders pull the armrest down from the rear seatback Convenience Net The convenience net can help keep small loads from moving during sharp turns or quick starts and stops Hang the four net hooks in the metal
226. ng wheel move the steering wheel from right to left and turn the key to ACC ACC Accessory This position operates some of your electrical accessories such as the radio but not the climate control system ON This is the position to which the switch returns after you start your engine and release the key The switch stays in ON when the engine is running But even when the engine is not running you can use ON to operate your electrical accessories and to display some instrument panel warning lights START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The switch will return to ON for normal driving Do not turn the key to START if the engine is running Even if the engine is not running ACC and ON allow you to operate electrical accessories such as the radio Starting Your Engine Automatic Transaxle Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position that is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Shifting into PARK P with the vehicle moving could damage the transaxle Shift into PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transaxle The gear selector should be in neutral and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down that is a safety feature Starting Your Engi
227. not see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if Your exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or exhaust system had been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and Have your vehicle fixed immediately Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 2 31 Running Your Engine While You Are Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into y
228. nspect PCV system An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change brake clutch fluid or every 24 months whichever occurs first 93 000 Miles 155 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service 96 000 Miles 160 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 99 000 Miles 165 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Long Trip Highway Scheduled Maintenance The services shown in this schedule up to 100 000 miles 166 000 km should be repeated after 100 000 miles 166 000 km at the same intervals for the life of this vehicle See Part B Owner Checks and Services on page 6 18 and Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections on page 6 22 Footnotes t The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded A good time to check your bra
229. ntainer show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API You should look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for your engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to your oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you will need for good performance and engine protection When to Change Engine Oil If any one of these is true for you use the short trip city maintenance schedule Most trips are less than 5 miles 8 km This i
230. ntrol cables Brake System Inspection Inspect the complete system Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions result in frequent braking 6 23 Part D Recommended Fluids and usage Fluid Lubricant Lubricants 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water preferably distilled and good Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part quality Ethylene Glycol Base Coolant iticati GM Part No U S 12378560 in re or Specification May 96 obtained Irom your Engine Coolant Canada 993089 and conforming to GM Specification 1825M or recycled Usage Fluid Lubricant coolant conforming to GM Engine oil which meets Specification 1825M See Engine GM Standard GM6094M and Coolant on page 5 20 displays the American Petroleum Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Institute Certified for Gasoline System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Engines starburst symbol GM Windshi i Engine Oil Goodwrench oil meets ail the Pi eee GM Optikleen Washer Solvent requirements for your vehicle To determine the proper viscosity for DEXRON III Automatic Power Steering Transmission Fluid Look for Approved for the H Specification on the label
231. o activate Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent the theft deterrent system features we know that nothing we put on it can make it The LED light on the transmitter will flash once impossible to steal i All of the doors will lock Theft Deterrent System The hazard warning lamps will flash once and the horn will chirp Your vehicle may have a theft deterrent system Thecthetedeterrent mode wiliactivat The theft deterrent system will not arm when you lock e Th itv light will flash dt the doors using the key or the manual door lock It e security light will flash once every second to activates only when you use the optional remote keyless indicate that the theft deterrent system is armed entry transmitter The security light is located on the base of the driver s door lock To avoid activating the alarm by accident use one of the following methods Unlock the driver s or passenger s door using the key Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter Unlocking a door any other way will activate the alarm when a door the trunk or liftgate is opened If you do not want to arm the theft deterrent system lock the vehicle using the key or the manual door locks Disarming the System To disarm the system use one of the following methods Unlock the driver s or passenger s door using the key Press the unlock button on the transmitter The LED light on the transm
232. o the buckle This means you are using the correct buckle Also make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 1 42 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 34 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on
233. of Rack ProviSiOns cecceeeeeeeeeeeeees Sunglasses Storage Compartment Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 00080 SUM VISONS re ere E E SUR FOR sre ae rarere EE K FE Tel g fol ga SIE fee Rene seere SS REED a EE Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps TCS Warning Light W u ssssseeeereeeeee renerne rene Theft Deterrent System W u ssseeeeeeeeerernee Theft Deterrent Systems ceceeeeeeeeeeeeee es Throttle System Inspection Tilt Adjuster Driver Seat ccceceeeeeeeeeeeees THE Wheelin a TME e a e A ne 12 Mires 7255 OMA cue a a O aE 5 45 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning see 5 71 Buying New Tires ae tinina 5 54 MAINS ve aaa ne a E E A 5 57 Changing a Flat Tire seisecsnminmnririenireisnis 5 59 Gleaning oase reder ene 5 72 Compact Spare Tire ccceseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 5 66 Ifa Tire Goes Flatiron 5 58 Inflation Tire Pressure i e 5 51 Inspection and Rotation cceeeeee eee 5 52 Installing the Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 61 Removing the Flat Tire eeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 61 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 60 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 65 Tire Sidewall Labelling ccceseeeeeeeeeee ees 5 46 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 48 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 2 5 55 Wheel Alignment and Tire B
234. oing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect 6 21 Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Listed in this part are inspections and services which should be performed at least twice a year for instance each spring and fall You should let your dealer s service department do these jobs Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Proper procedures to perform these services may be found in a service manual See Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 11 6 22 Steering Suspens
235. oling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise left about two or two and one half turns If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it 5 27 TAN a 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the MAX mark on the coolant surge tank Wait about five minutes then check to see if the level is below the MAX mark If the level is below the MAX mark add additional coolant to bring the level up to the MAX mark Repeat this procedure until the level remains constant at the MAX mark for at least five minutes 5 28 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the MAX mark add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the MAX mark 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated See your dealer if necessary Power Steering Fluid When to Check Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located toward the front of the engine compartment on the driver
236. on and release it You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake pedal or the clutch pedal if you have a manual transaxle This of course 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal RESUME ACC shuts off the cruise control But you do not need to reset RESUME i it Once you are going about 24 mph 39 km h or CRUISE more you can briefly press the RESUME button You will go right back up to your chosen speed and stay there If you hold in the RESUME button longer the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the button or apply the brake pedal So unless you want to go faster do not hold in the RESUME button ia Four Door Models Five Door Models 3 13 Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed Use the accelerator pedal to get to a higher speed Press the SET button then release the button and the accelerator pedal You will now cruise at the higher speed Press the RESUME button Hold it there until you get up to the speed you want and then release the button To increase your speed in very small amounts briefly press the RESUME button and then release it Each time you do this your vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster The accelerate feature will only work
237. ons for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint 5 30 Brakes Brake Fluid Your master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake system If it is you should have your brake system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes will not work well or will not work at all So it is not a good idea to top off your brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on t
238. oolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle s instrument panel cluster See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 35 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty 5 23 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving Idle for long periods in traffic If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If
239. or any bulb changing procedures not listed in this section contact your dealer Halogen Bulbs Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps To replace a headlamp bulb do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 10 for more information 2 Remove the two bolts from the top of the headlamp assembly and one nut on the inside that retains the headlamp assembly 5 38 3 Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the rear of the bulb 4 Remove the headlamp cap by turning it counterclockwise 5 Release the spring that retains the bulb 6 Remove the old bulb and install a new one 7 Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to install the headlamp assembly Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps To replace a front turn signal or parking lamp bulb do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 10 for more information 2 Remove the two bolts from the top of the headlamp assembly and one nut on the inside that retains the headlamp assembly 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise Pull the bulb socket out of the lamp housing Press the bulb inward and turn it counterclockwise to remove it from the bulb socket Install the new bulb into the bulb socket by pressing it in and turning it clockwise Reinstall the bulb so
240. or local law requires that the top strap be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored There is no place to anchor the top strap in this position Sedan You will find the three anchors on your sedan behind the rear seat on the filler panel STII Hatchback Wagon Outside Positions You will find the three anchors B on your hatchback in You will find the two anchors A for the outside seating the rear cargo area attached to the back wall A of positions on your wagon on the rear cargo floor B the vehicle Remove the cargo cover before installing behind the rear seat the top strap The cargo cover should remain off while the top strap anchor is in use 1 37 Wagon Cenier Position You will find the anchor A for the center seating position on your wagon on the ceiling B 1 38 Each top strap anchor is covered by a plastic cover when not in use The plastic cover has a child restraint anchor symbol on it as shown Squeeze and pull the front part of the plastic cover to access the top strap anchors Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for Children LATCH System Your vehicle has the LATCH system You will find anchors for the rear outside seating positions This system designed to make installation of child restraints easier does not use the vehicle s safety belts Instead it uses vehicle anchors and ch
241. osest to the door 1 52 If your vehicle has one the passenger s side impact airbag is in the side of the passenger s seatback closest to the door If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Do not let seat covers block the inflation path of a side impact airbag When Should an Airbag Inflate The driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level is about 9 to 14 mph 14 to 23 km
242. ough it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the right front passenger seat is unoccupied e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e aright front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time the right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the rearview mirror will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 1 59 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 43 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehi
243. ould develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle 5 54 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum selection width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the Unites States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 11 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon
244. our jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your hazard warning flashers Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put an automatic transaxle shift lever in PARK P or shift a manual transaxle to FIRST 1 or REVERSE R 3 Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised 4 Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle CAUTION Continued To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle When you have a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks FS a The following information will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire 5 59 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The compact spare tire and tools you will need are located in the trunk 4 Turn the retainer on the compact spare tire counterclockwise and remove the retainer 5 Remove the compact spare tire See Compact S
245. our vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 31 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 2 28 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 4 35 Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 23 2 32 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Grip the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from any headlamps behind you Push or pull the tab for daytime night use Outside Manual Mirrors The outside rearview mirrors should be adjusted so you can see a little of the side of your vehicle when you are sitting in a comfortable driving position Adjust the outside mirrors with the control levers on the driver s and passenger s doors The outside rearview mirrors can be folded flat against the side of the vehicle by pushing them toward the vehicle 2 33 Outsid
246. our vehicle has four wheel disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly The brake wear warning sound means that soon your brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 5 32 Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM torque specifications Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets See Brake System Inspection on page 6 23 Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving your brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex
247. ous injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 25 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 27 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 24 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 To make the lap part ti
248. oved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 74 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle 5 70 The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and wate
249. pare Tire on page 5 66 for more information A Jack C Jack Handle B Wheel Wrench D Screwdriver 1 Open the trunk See Trunk Sedan on page 2 11 for more information 2 Remove the trim cover by pulling up on the tab 3 Remove the foam tray that contains the tools 5 60 Remove the jack the jack handle and the wheel wrench The jack is located in the trunk in front of the compact spare tire Turn the jack retainer located on the right side of the jack counterclockwise to release it The jack handle and the wheel wrench are located inside the foam tray Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 If your vehicle has wheel covers use the jack handle to begin loosening the wheel covers Using the flat end of the jack handle or the screwdriver pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off 2 Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet 5 61 Sedan shown Hatchback similar 3 Locate the notch near each wheel in the frame which the jack head fits in Position the jack and raise the jack head until it fits firmly into the notch in the vehicle s frame nearest the flat tire 4 Put the compact spare tire near you 5 62 5 Insert the jack handle into the jack and the wheel wrench onto the end of the jack handle Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed N
250. ppen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through your engine s air intake and badly damage your engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray Have good tires with proper tread depth Se
251. r TIN The Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 66 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 51 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only 5 47 Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger car tire size A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if t
252. r Manual frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 51 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 28 CAUTION Continued 5 45 Tire Sidewall Labelling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger car tire and a compact spare tire sidewall 70R15 n l S KN DOT MAL gay eg Oy r Ay S Passenger Car Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 5 46 B DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards C Tire Identification Numb
253. r and try again The format of the CD may not be compatible See MP3 Format earlier in this section There may have been a problem while burning the CD The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 3 52 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If your vehicle has this feature some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following VOL A V Volume Press the up or the down arrow to increase or to decrease the volume MODE Press this button to select FM1 FM2 AM radio or CD SEEK Press and hold this button to go to the next radio station and stay there Press this button to play stations that are programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio will only seek stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band PWR Power Press this button to turn the radio on and off Radio Reception AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range however can cause stations to interfere with each other AM can pick up noise from things like storms and power lines Try reducing the treble to reduce this noise FM FM stereo will give you the best sound
254. r by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work If you want to do some of your own service work you will want to use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 11 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 62 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Part E Maintenance Record on page 6 26 You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is
255. r is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember Anti lock does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have anti lock brakes Using Anti Lock Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If you have anti lock brakes you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have anti lock brakes your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down may be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to your steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have anti lock brakes use a squeeze
256. r occurs first 97 500 Miles 162 500 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Part B Owner Checks and Services Listed in this part are owner checks and services which should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Part D At Each Fuel Fill It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 14 for further details Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add the proper coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if necessary See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 29 for further details At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Visually inspect your tires and make sure tires are inflated to the correct p
257. r occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 90 000 Miles 150 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 12 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Replace passenger compartment air filter If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 for more information An Emission Control Service Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 52 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Replace fuel filter An Emission Control Service See footnote t Inspect drive belt s Inspect timing belt Q Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 20 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service Q Inspect EVAP canister vapor lines and solenoid valve filter An Emission Control Service See footnote t QO Inspect PCV system An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change brake clutch fluid or every 24 months whicheve
258. r solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn Aluminum Wheels Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could be damaged Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire
259. r that your right outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn e If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid and
260. raking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have your engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill e Know how to go uphill Drive in the highest gear possible Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident If you do not shift down your brakes could get 7 so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action 4 22 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving Have your vehicle in good shape for winter You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk Also see Tires on page 5 45 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions incl
261. re Always press rearward on the seatback to be sure it is locked A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted To return the seatback to the upright position do the following 1 Lift up the seatback and push it to its original position Ensure that the safety belts are not twisted or caught under the seatback 2 Push rearward firmly on the top of the seatback until it latches securely in the fully upright position 1 8 Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts Do not let anyone ride where he or she can not wear a Safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these
262. read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 Features and Controls in Section 2 Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 Audio System s in Section 3 Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle CAUTION POSSIBLE INJURY PROTECT EYES BY SHIELDING CAUSTIC BATTERY ACID COULD CAUSE BURNS AVOID SPARKS OR FLAMES SPARK OR FLAME COULD EXPLODE BATTERY LATCH BOTH LAP AND SHOULDER BELTS TO PROTECT OCCUPANT 4 DO NOT TWIST SAFETY g BELT WHEN ATTACHING FASTEN SEAT AIRBAG BELTS MOVE SEAT DO NOT INSTALL FULLY Vs AREAR FACING REARWARD CHILD RESTRAINT ee Var IN THIS SEATING CHILD SEAT POSITION DO NOT INSTALL A FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN THIS SEATING POSITION PULL pe COMPLETELY We THEN SECURE VE
263. reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called event data recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles a
264. ressures Do not forget to check your spare tire See Tires on page 5 45 for further details At Least Twice a Year Restraint System Check Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Wiper Blade Check Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace blade inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield Also see Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 71 Weatherstrip Lubrication Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather more frequent application may be required See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 24 Automatic Transaxle Check It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss Check for leaks If a leak occurs take the vehicle to your dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible Manual Transaxle Check It is not necessary to check the transaxle f
265. rings on each corner of the floor 2 37 Sunroof If the vehicle has this feature the switch is located between the map lamp buttons The sunroof will only operate when the ignition is turned to ON The sunroof can be opened to a vent position or it can be express opened all of the way The sunroof must be manually opened or closed To open the sunroof to the vent position push the front part of the switch To return the sunroof to its original position push the rear part of the switch and hold it until the sunroof reaches the desired position 2 38 To fully open the sunroof push the rear part of the switch The sunroof will open automatically until the front or the rear part of the switch is pushed again To close the sunroof push the front part of the switch and hold it until the sunroof is closed The sunroof will stop if the switch is released during operation In both the vent and fully open positions the air flow can be adjusted for driving comfort by pushing and holding the switch until the sunroof moves to the desired position The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview 0 eeee 3 4 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 8 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 8 FIOM cate T 3 8 Tilt Wheel ae hor ns ea Enea 3 9 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever
266. river Seat Tilt Adjuster The manual drivers seat tilt adjuster knobs are located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Turn the front knob to adjust the tilt of the front portion of the seat cushion Turn the rear knob to adjust the tilt of the rear portion of the seat cushion Manual Lumbar Your vehicle may have manually operated lumbar support for the driver s seat To adjust the front seat lumbar support use the lever located on the outboard side of the seatback Push the lever down to adjust the support for the lower part of the seatback Pull the lever up to return the support to its original position Reclining Seatbacks To adjust the seatback lift the lever located on the outboard side of the seat and move the seatback to where you want it Release the lever and push rearward on the seatback to make sure it is locked Pull up on the lever without pushing on the seatback and the seatback will go to an upright position But do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts can not do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt can not do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt can not do its job either Ina crash the belt
267. rking Brake Over Things That Burn W ssseeeeeererereree Parking Your Vehicle Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services Part B Owner Checks and Services Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Part E Maintenance Record Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Passenger Compartment Air Filter 5 Passenger Sensing System eseeeeeeeneee ees PASSING oninia aE Power Accessory Outlets ecceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeaes Door Locks Electrical System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee tented Steering Fluid Windows esra aae beni cactaga dees teneacaeeese antes Pretensioners Safety Belt ceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 13 PRAGIOS arnoia ede seh dhuhay iina e saian aeai 3 42 Care of Your CD Player o ae 3 53 Care of Your CDS cceeeeeeeeeeeneeeee eee eeneees 3 53 Radio With CD caiitecncececcaycaseenseecetotanens 3 42 3 46 Understanding Reception s c 3 53 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeneeeeeeeees 2 10 Rear Seat Armrest c ccceeeeeeeeeeee teense eeneees 2 37 Rear Seat Operation ccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 7 Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts 1 21 Rearview Mirrors ceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 33 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 4 Recreational
268. rmation Storage Areas Glove Box Open the glove box by pulling the bottom of the handle upward Cupholder s The cupholders are located in the center console and in the rear seat center armrest To use the front cupholders move the inner support forward or backward If your vehicle has rear cupholders push down the rear seat center armrest to use them Your vehicle has shopping hooks on each front seatback for your convenience 2 35 Sunglasses Storage Compartment Front Storage Area The sunglasses storage compartment is located above Your vehicle may have a sliding storage tray located the driver s door To open the sunglasses storage under the front passenger seat To use the tray pull up compartment pull down and hold the upper part of the on the end of the tray and pull it toward the instrument cover To close the compartment let go of the cover panel Push the tray toward the seat to return it to and the compartment will automatically close its original position Front Armrest Storage Area Your vehicle has a front armrest storage area To open the storage area pull up on the lift lever and raise the lid To close the storage area lower the lid and push it down until it latches securely 2 36 Roof Rack Wagon Only If you try to carry something on top of your vehicle that is longer or wider than the roof rack like paneling plywood a mattress and so forth the wind can catch it as you drive alo
269. rom the outside insert the key and turn it toward the rear of the vehicle All doors except for the driver s door can be locked from the outside by pushing down the manual door lock and then closing the door G The driver s door lock cannot be pushed in while the door is open Upon leaving the vehicle the driver s door can only be locked from the outside by using the key or the optional remote keyless entry transmitter If your vehicle has a security light the light will turn off when you unlock the door using the key or the optional keyless entry transmitter The light will turn on when you lock the door using the key or the keyless entry transmitter The security light is located on the base of the driver s door lock From the inside you can lock and unlock all of the doors by pushing or pulling the manual door lock located on the window sill on each door You can also lock and unlock the doors with the optional power door lock switches located on the driver s door Central Door Unlocking System Your vehicle may have a central door unlocking system The central door unlocking system is activated from the driver s door From the outside you can lock or unlock all of the doors on your vehicle from the driver s door by using either the key or the optional keyless entry transmitter From the inside you can lock or unlock all of the doors using the driver s door lock Power Door Locks Your vehicle may h
270. rst part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in 4 20 Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid Is the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades Are they in good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system Maps Do you have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy
271. s 50 000 km Engine Air Cleaner Filter Replacement Spark Plug Replacement Cooling System Service EVAP System Service PCV System Service Timing Belt Inspection Brake Clutch Fluid Change or 24 months whichever occurs first Every 60 000 Miles 100 000 km Spark Plug Wire Replacement Timing Belt Replacement EVAP System Solenoid Valve Filter Replacement 6 6 Every 90 000 Miles 150 000 km Fuel Filter Replacement These intervals only summarize maintenance services Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance on the following pages Short Trip City Scheduled Maintenance The services shown in this schedule up to 100 000 miles 166 000 km should be repeated after 100 000 miles 166 000 km at the same intervals for the life of this vehicle See Part B Owner Checks and Services on page 6 18 and Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections on page 6 22 Footnotes The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded A good time to check your brakes is during tire rotation See Brake System Inspection on page 6 23 3 000 Miles 5 000 km Q Change engine oil and f
272. s and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur try a known good CD Do not add paper labels to CDs they could get caught in the CD player If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section All of the CD functions work the same while playing an MP3 except for those listed here See Playing a CD earlier for more information 5 DN Down Press this pushbutton to go to the previous directory 6 UP Press this pushbutton to go to the next directory TRACK Previous Next File Turn this knob one notch to go to the first track in the previous or to go to the next folder The player will continue moving backward or forward through the CD with each turn of the knob DIR Directory Press and release this button to repeat the tracks in the current directory DIR will appear on the display Press and release this button twice to repeat the tracks in all of the directories ALL will appear on the display Press and release this button again to turn off repeat play 3 51 CD Messages CHECK CD If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hou
273. s particularly important when outside temperatures are below freezing Most trips include extensive idling such as frequent driving in stop and go traffic You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of your vehicle The vehicle is used for delivery service police taxi or other commercial application Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to break down sooner If any one of these is true for your vehicle then you need to change your oil and filter every 3 000 miles 5 000 km or 3 months whichever occurs first If none of them is true use the long trip highway maintenance schedule Change oil and filter every 7 500 miles 12 500 km or 12 months whichever occurs first Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under highway conditions will cause engine oil to break down slower What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into
274. se serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining Be To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor 1 23 Center Rear Passenger Position Your vehicle has a removable safety belt in the center rear seating position To install the center rear safety belt use the following instructions 1 Pull the center rear safety belt from the retractor 2 Push the latch plate at the end of the safety belt strap into the buckle with the black release button until the mechanism clicks Make sure the strap is not twisted The sliding latch plate will face the front of the vehicle To learn how to use the safety belt once it is installed see Lap Shoulder Belt under Rear Seat Passengers on page 1 21 The installed safety belt works the same way as the safety belt in the rear outside seat positions Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger They help the safety belts reduce a person s forward movement in a moderate to severe crash in which the front of the vehicle hits something Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system S
275. side rear window with sharp objects Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty 3 54 Because this antenna is built into your rear window there is a reduced risk of damage caused by car washes and vandals If you choose to add a cellular telephone to your vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass be sure that you do not damage the grid lines for the AM FM antenna There is enough space between the lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting to the back glass The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Care must be taken when cleaning the rear window because it breaks in the resistive material heating element and will adversely affect radio and defogger performance See your dealer for details Section 4 Driving Your Vehicle Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 City DIVIN Geerit cntencinasynetuededneenaaten 4 18 Defensive Driving crsscraririssriotis soiien 4 2 Freeway Driving 0 ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 19 Drunken Driving isinsin reins senna aibes polen 4 2 Before Leaving on a Long Trip
276. ss Entry System W u sssseeeeeeeeree ener ennee 2 3 OY Si en E ate Nee E 2 2 Labelling Tire Sidewall c eeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 46 Lamps DOME sesecceticecanont hereroerne 3 17 EXE NO Ra ar arare versed atest ta evens oleae 3 15 FOG cenomar aa E N 3 16 5 40 Map lt sicrcciccntieetacenors cay cinctraedemesnaraeomeretencsierang 3 18 LATCH System Child Restraints ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeee teense eens 1 39 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATGH SYSTEMI soon need a aeaiiai ia 1 41 Liftgate csin an seana a aN 2 13 Light Airbag Readiness 0 ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 3 29 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 00 3 33 Brake System Warning 0sceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 32 Light cont Charging System W W u ssseeeerere renere renere eees Cruise Gone rener de Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Door Ajar Fog Lamp Highbeam On Hold Mode Low Fuel Warning Malfunction Indicators er Oil Pressure Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Safety Belt Reminder c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Safety Belt Reminder Tone Speed Sensitive Power Steering SSPS Warning Light TCS Warning Light Traction Control System TCS Warning Trunk Ajar Loading Your Vehicle 0 s eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Lockout Protection Locks Central Door Unlocking System 0 ee Door Lockout Protection c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee
277. strips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 74 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle 5 69 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 69 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish GM appr
278. t again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 12 The Traction Control System operates in all transaxle shift lever positions But the system can upshift the transaxle only as high as the shift lever position you have chosen so you should use the lower gears only when necessary Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Speed Sensitive Power Steering SSPS If your vehicle has this optional steering system the steering system continuously adjusts the effort you feel when steering at all vehicle speeds It provides ease when parking yet a firm solid feel at highway speeds Steering Tips Driving on Curves It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at
279. t removed quickly Use a clean cloth and vinyl cleaner See your dealer for this product Leather Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or saddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth Then let the leather dry naturally Do not use heat to dry For stubborn stains use a leather cleaner Never use oils varnishes solvent based or abrasive cleaners furniture polish or shoe polish on leather Soiled or stained leather should be cleaned immediately If dirt is allowed to work into the finish it can harm the leather Instrument Panel Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces of the instrument panel Sprays containing silicones or waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Interior Plastic Components Use only a mild soap and water solution on a soft cloth or sponge Commercial cleaners may affect the surface finish Glass Surfaces Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Glass should be cleaned often Your GM dealer can provide an approved cleaner or a liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 74 Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weather
280. t these airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job and comply with federal regulations Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy only in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear or low speed frontal crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Side impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to inflate only in CAUTION Continued moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward
281. the appropriate new bulb into the socket Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to install the lamp assembly Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamps Bulb Number Back Up 94535571 CHMSL Sidemarker Front andi Rear 94535587 Headlamps High Beam 94535541 94535546 Stoplamp and Taillamp 94535574 Turn Signal Front and Parking Lamp 94535578 Turn Signal Rear 94535572 For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected at least twice a year for wear or cracking See Wiper Blade Check for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For the proper type see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 5 83 5 44 Here is how to remove the Shepherd s Hook type 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Press the retaining clip A and pull the wiper blade off the arm 3 Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions i about cau tire warranty and ee to obtain aon Underinflated ures pose the same danger see your GM Warranty booklet for details For additional as overloaded tires The resulting accident information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet could cause Serious injury Check all tires included with your vehicle s Owne
282. the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as your headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it wT in Rain and on Wet Roads MN Wy Pi M fh Wi Np DD fj Wh Wi iy ih uN Wo f Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement
283. this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 for more on this including important safety information A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates Remove any additional material from the seat cushion before reinstalling or securing the child restraint or small occupant You may want to consider not using seat covers or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 62 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates 1 61 Servicing Your Airbag Equipp
284. to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RDM will appear on the display Press this pushbutton again to turn off random play TRACK Previous Next Track Turn this knob one notch to go to the start of the current track or to go to the next track The track number will appear on the display The player will continue moving backward or forward through the CD with each turn of the knob TUN Forward Reverse Push and hold this knob to fast forward or to reverse through the current track AM FM Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio CDP will appear on the display when the CD player has been selected Press this button while a CD is playing to pause the CD Track and the track number will flash on the display Press this button again to start playing the CD A Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off CD Messages CHECK CD If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so
285. to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 If you are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry System Operation The following functions may be available if your vehicle has the remote keyless entry system Sedan Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter Wagon Hatchback Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter The LED light A on the transmitter will flash when the buttons on the remote keyless entry transmitter are pressed You can lock and unlock the vehicle s doors from about 20 feet 6 m away See Remote Keyless Entry System on page 2 3 for additional information w Unlock Press this button to unlock all of the doors and the liftgate if equipped If all of the doors and the trunk or liftgate are closed the hazard lamps will flash twice to indicate that unlocking has occurred The theft deterrent system will deactivate and the security light will turn off The security light is located on the base of the driver s door lock
286. to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q Will I be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted Q If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts A Airbags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future But they are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and never drive far from home why should wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of seri
287. traint Systems 0 1 63 Replacing Restraint System Parts ATG a Crash oce eerdre nen ea 1 63 Front Seats Manual Seats With Sliding Storage Tray You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving If your vehicle has a sliding storage tray under the front seat the manual seat lever looks like this 1 2 Pull up and hold the lever located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the lever Then try to move the seat with your body to make sure the seat is locked into place Manual Seats Without Sliding Storage Tray You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving If your vehicle does not have a sliding storage tray under the front seat the manual seat bar looks like this Pull up and hold the bar located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Then try to move the seat with your body to make sure the seat is locked into place D
288. tries sene 5 6 FOG Lamps Aessen nanea e NE 5 40 Filling Your Tank orndinssans FEEL KEEL EEK LE EEKE ERE EERKELEE 5 7 Sidemarker Lamps Front 00 ccccccccseeseeeseeeee 5 41 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 5 9 Sidemarker Lamps Rear sc 5 41 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 42 Hood Release ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeees 5 10 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Back up Lamps sineas iarainn 5 42 Engine Qil sa ar cach cacuecawhewaensnagtnets deeded 5 14 Replacement Bulbs seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 43 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 2 5 17 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 44 Automatic Transaxle Fluid aeee 5 1 Manual Transaxle Fluid 5 19 Tire S aaae nea A A 5 45 Hydraulic Clutch ccecscescecesessesesseseseeseseseees 5 19 Tire Sidewall Labelling eceeeeeeee esas 5 46 Engine Coolant cacsucmanncnsetanenens ee Tire Terminology and Definitions 2 ce Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 5 23 Inflation Tire Pressure SEE EELEEEK KEEL LEE E KEE EEEEEEREEE 5 51 Engine Overheating cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 23 Tire Inspection and Rotation 225550 des 5 52 Cooling System 5 24 When It Is Time for New Tires 5 53 Power a PiU re ere ae Windshield Washer Fluid 1 5 29 UOTIN AUG SUAT AAAG osiaga iias i Section 5 Service and App
289. ts or their equivalents should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it done Part E Maintenance Record is a place for you to record and keep track of the maintenance performed on your vehicle Keep your maintenance receipts They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services In this part are scheduled maintenance services which are to be performed at the mileage intervals specified Using Your Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs may vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer This part tells you the maintenance services you should have done and when to schedule them When you go to your dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service people will perform the work using genuine GM parts The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D Ma
290. ude a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle 4 23 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where your tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between your tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful 4 24 What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Unless you have the anti lock braking system ABS you will want to brake very gently too If you do have ABS see Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 6 This system improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether you have ABS or not you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement Without ABS if
291. uipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the Check Engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your GM dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 38 Oil Pressure Light If you have low engine oil pressure this light will stay on after you start your engine or come on when you are driving This indicates that your engine is not receiving enough oil The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have it fixed immediately by your GM dealer The oil light could also come on in three other situations When the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light will come on as a test to show you it is working The light
292. uld cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 800 424 9393 or 366 0123 in the Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the hotline Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may write to Transport Canada 330 Sparks Street Tower C Ottawa Ontario K1A ON5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you will notify General Motors Please call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 222 1020 or write Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 In
293. upant A side impact airbag will only deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal and near frontal impacts For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash For both frontal and side impact airbags the sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with side impact airbags the airbag modules are located in the seatback closest to the driver s and or right front passenger s door How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle The airbag supplements the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly
294. ur side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic 4 12 Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your inside mirror activate your right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remembe
295. ust be supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating GM dealers and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your GM dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors
296. utch fluid See Brakes on page 5 30 for more information The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting The master cylinder reservoir is filled with hydraulic fluid It is not necessary to regularly check the fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system Adding fluid will not correct a leak A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired When to Check and What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often you should check the fluid level in your master cylinder reservoir and for the proper fluid See Part B Owner Checks and Services on page 6 18 and Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 24 How to Check and Add Fluid You do not need to check the fluid level unless you suspect a clutch problem To check the fluid level look on the side of the reservoir If the fluid reaches the MAX A mark on the reservoir the fluid level is correct The reservoir is located near the back of the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 20 Engine Coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 23 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and proper coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 22
297. utside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System in the Index If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 31 Remote Trunk Release Press the remote trunk release button located on the side of the driver s door trim to release the trunk lid Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Using the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk may damage it Use the emergency trunk release handle only to help you open the trunk lid anaes There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk on the underside of the trunk lid This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle down to open the trunk from the inside Liftgate Hatchback and Wagon It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You can t see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control Sysiem on page 3 21 If you have air outlets on or u
298. ve been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things The amount of alcohol consumed The drinker s body weight The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank thre
299. ver s airbag and the side airbags if equipped are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat General Motors recommends that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even th
300. wait about an hour and try again There may have been a problem while burning the CD The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 3 45 Radio with CD MP3 Playing the Radio ON OFF Press this knob to turn the system on and off VOL Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume Finding a Station AM FM Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 or AM The display will show the selection TUN Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations SCAN Push and release this knob to scan radio stations The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Push this knob again to stop scanning The radio will only scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band 3 46 Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press AM FM to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for longer than two seconds The pushbutton number will flash on the display when t
301. which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have four wheel anti lock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking
302. will be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it stop people from leaving the vehicle 1 56 When an airbag inflates there is dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for your airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 7 9 Let only qu
303. will go out when you turn the ignition on If it does not come on with the ignition on you may have a problem with the fuse or bulb Have it fixed right away If you are idling at a stop sign the light may blink on and then off If you make a hard stop the light may come on for a moment This is normal Fog Lamp Light The fog lamps light will ene i come on when the fog Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If lamps are in use you do your engine can become so hot that it 40 catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 16 for more information Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the 4 A maintenance schedule in this manual for changing Cruise Control Light engine oil This light comes on y whenever you set your cruise control The light will go out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 12 for more information 3 39 Highbeam On Light This light comes on whenever the high beam headlamps are on See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 10 for more information Daytime Running Lamps DRL Indicator Light This light will illuminate when the Daytime Running Lamps DRL are activated See Daytime Running Lamps
304. y up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play large numbers of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name You can also play an MP3 CD that was recorded using no file folders The system can support up to 11 folders in depth though keep the depth of the folders to a minimum in order to keep down the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback If a CD contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files the player will let you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum will be ignored Root Directory The root directory will be treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory will be displayed as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory will be accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px will always be accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player will advance to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files and the empty folder will not be displayed or numbered No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files will be located under t
305. you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can Remember unless you have ABS if you brake so hard that your wheels stop rolling you will just slide Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and you can still steer e Whatever your braking system allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe Turn on your hazard flashers Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing
306. your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 5 14 6 24 Usage Fluid Lubricant Usage Fluid Lubricant Automatic Automatic Transaxle Fluid ESSO Chassis Lubricant Transaxle LT 71141 or TOTAL ATF H50235 Chassis GM Part No U S 12377985 in GM Part No in Canada 89021903 Lubrication Canada 88901242 or lubricant GM Goodwrench Synthetic meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Manual Manual Transmission Fluid Category LB or GC LB Transaxle GM Part No U S 12346190 in Hood Latch Canada 10953477 or equivalent Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol SAE 75W 85 GL 4 gear oil Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 in i i Latch Pivots Canada 992723 or lubricant Key Lock GM Al T a ra Spring Anchor meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Cylinders Canada 10953474 i and Release Category LB or GC LB Pawl ee ae Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Manual GM Part No U S 12377985 in Hood and Door F i Transaxle Shift Canada 88901242 or lubricant GM Part No U S 12346241 in Linkage meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Canada 10953474 Category LB or GC LB i Dielectric Silicone Grease Weatherstrip GM Part No U S 12345579 in 9 Canada 992887 Part E Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading and who performed the service and any additional information from Owner Checks and Services or Periodic Maintenance on the following record pages Also you s

2005 Chevrolet Optra Owner Manual M

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents